diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:34:05 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:34:05 -0700 |
| commit | 314826a93c95d59d8eb82ce001389baeb29c68b1 (patch) | |
| tree | 52af1c757bcd5395b74f6d0a6437fd88c05b4618 | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9954-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 690704 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9954-h/9954-h.htm | 2373 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9954-h/images/ad1.jpg | bin | 0 -> 71314 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9954-h/images/ad2.jpg | bin | 0 -> 76094 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9954-h/images/ad3.jpg | bin | 0 -> 85366 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9954-h/images/ad4.jpg | bin | 0 -> 47239 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9954-h/images/cutting.jpg | bin | 0 -> 27597 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9954-h/images/factory.jpg | bin | 0 -> 19615 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9954-h/images/grinding.jpg | bin | 0 -> 29935 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9954-h/images/hardenin.jpg | bin | 0 -> 30793 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9954-h/images/marking.jpg | bin | 0 -> 29043 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9954-h/images/mason.jpg | bin | 0 -> 20827 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9954-h/images/perry.jpg | bin | 0 -> 16961 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9954-h/images/piercing.jpg | bin | 0 -> 27037 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9954-h/images/raising.jpg | bin | 0 -> 25879 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9954-h/images/rolling.jpg | bin | 0 -> 30233 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9954-h/images/scouring.jpg | bin | 0 -> 32027 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9954-h/images/slitting.jpg | bin | 0 -> 52198 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9954-h/images/store.jpg | bin | 0 -> 23479 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9954.txt | 2043 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 9954.zip | bin | 0 -> 43656 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/ipens10.txt | 2007 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/ipens10h.htm | 2344 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/ipens10h.zip | bin | 0 -> 690018 bytes |
27 files changed, 8783 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/9954-h.zip b/9954-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..62c64bf --- /dev/null +++ b/9954-h.zip diff --git a/9954-h/9954-h.htm b/9954-h/9954-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad68531 --- /dev/null +++ b/9954-h/9954-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,2373 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> +<html> +<head> +<title>The Project Gutenberg E-text of “The Story of the Invention of Steel Pens +with a Description of the Manufacturing Process by Which They Are Produced”, by Henry Bore</title> +<meta HTTP-EQUIV="content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1"> +<style type="text/css"> +body {text-align: left} +</style> +</head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +Project Gutenberg's The Story of the Invention of Steel Pens, by Henry Bore + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Story of the Invention of Steel Pens + With a Description of the Manufacturing Process by Which + They Are Produced + +Author: Henry Bore + +Posting Date: November 5, 2011 [EBook #9954] +Release Date: February, 2006 +First Posted: November 4, 2003 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORY OF INVENTION OF STEEL PENS *** + + + + +Produced by an anonymous Project Gutenberg volunteer. + + + + + +</pre> + + + +<br> +<br> +<h3 align="center"> +THE STORY<br> +OF THE INVENTION<br> +OF STEEL PENS<br> +</h3> +<br> +<h4 align="center"> +WITH A DESCRIPTION OF<br> +</h4> +<h3 align="center"> +THE MANUFACTURING PROCESS BY<br> +WHICH THEY ARE PRODUCED<br> +<br> +BY HENRY BORE<br> +LONDON<br> +</h3> +<br> +<h4 align="center"> +NEW YORK<br> +</h4> +<h3 align="center"> +1890 +</h3> + +<br><br><br> +<center> +<a href="#mfg">Click Here to go straight to "The Manufacturing Processes of Steel Pens"</a><br> +<a href="#perry">Click Here to go straight to "History of the Perryian Pen Works"</a> +</center> +<br><br><br> +<p> +In these days of Public Schools and extended facilities for popular +education it would be difficult to find many people unaccustomed to +the use of steel pens, but although the manufacture of this article by +presses and tools must have been introduced during the first quarter +of the present century, the inquirer after knowledge would scarcely +find a dozen persons who could give any definite information as to +when, where, and by whom this invention was made. Less than two +decades ago there were three men living who could have answered this +question, but two of them passed away without making any sign, and the +third—Sir Josiah Mason—has left on record that his friend and +patron—Mr. Samuel Harrison—about the year 1780, made a steel pen +for Dr. Priestley. +</p> + +<p> +This interesting fact does not contribute anything toward solving the +question, Who was the first manufacturer of steel pens by mechanical +appliances? In the absence of any definite information, the balance +of testimony tends to prove that steel pens were first made by tools, +worked by a screw press, about the beginning of the third decade of +the present century, and the names associated with their manufacture +were John Mitchell, Joseph Gillott, and Josiah Mason, each, in his own +way, doing something toward perfecting the manufacture by mechanical +means. +</p> + +<p>The earliest references to pens are probably those in the Bible, and +are to be found in Judges v. 14, 1st Kings xxi. 8, Job xix. 24, Psalm +xlv. 1., Isaiah viii. 1, Jeremiah viii. 8 and xvii. 1. But these +chiefly refer to the iron stylus, though the first in Jeremiah—taken +in reference to the mention of a penknife, xxxvi. 23—would seem to +imply that a reed was in use at that period +</p> + +<p> +There is a reference to “pen and ink” in the 3d Epistle of John xiii. +5, which was written about A.D. 85, and as pens made in brass and +silver were used in the Greek and Roman Empires at that time, it is +probable that a metallic pen or reed was alluded to. +</p> + +<p> +Pens and reeds made in the precious metals and bronze appear to have +been in use at the commencement of the present era. The following are +a few notable instances: +</p> + +<blockquote> +“The Queen of Hungary, in the year 1540, had a silver pen bestowed +upon her, which had this inscription upon it: <i>'Publii Ovidii +Calamus,'</i> found under the ruins of some monument in that country, as +Mr. Sands, in the Life of Ovid (prefixed to his Metamorphosis) +relates. —<i>“Humane Industry; or, a History of Mechanical Arts”, by +Thos. Powell, D.D.: London, 1661, page 61.</i> +</blockquote> + +<p> +This was probably a silver reed, and, from the locality in which it +was found, was once the property of the poet Ovid. Publius Ovidius +Naso was born in the year 43 B.C., and died 18 A.D. He was exiled at +the age of 30 to Tomi, a town south of the delta of the Danube. This +at present is in modern Bulgaria, but at the period mentioned was in +the ancient kingdom of Hungary. +</p> + +<p> +From “Notes and Queries,” in Birmingham <i>Weekly Post</i>, we take the +following: +</p> + +<blockquote> “EARLY METALLIC PENS.—-Metallic pens are generally supposed to have +been unknown before the early part of the last century, when gold and +silver pens are occasionally referred to as novel luxuries. I have, +however, recently found a description and an engraving of one found in +excavating Pompeii, and which is now preserved in the Museum at +Naples. It is described in the quarto volume 'Les Monuments du Musée +National de Naples, gravés sur cuivre par les meillures artistes +Italienes. Texte par Domenico Monaco, Conservateur du même Musée, +Naples, 1882,' and is in the Catalogue:<br><br> + “' Plate I26 (v) Plume en bronze, taillée parfaitement a la facon de +nos plumes 0.13 cent. +<br> + +“' Plate I26 (y) Plume en roseau [reed] trouvée près d'un papyrus à +Herculaneum.' +<br> + +“The former (v) is engraved to look like an ordinary reed pen, as now +used universally in the East; and the other (y) has a spear shape, or +almond shape (like many modern metallic pens), but with a sort of +fillet or ring on the stem, which indicates that the 'y' example is +not a reed, but a metallic stylus, or pen, while the 'v' example is +shown clearly as a 'reed.' The two are, however, certainly older than +A.D. 79, when Pompeii and Herculaneum were buried by the eruption of +Vesuvius.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +According to Father Montfaucon, the patriarchs of Constantinople, +under the Greek Empire, were accustomed to sign their allocutions with +tubular pens of silver, similar in shape to the reed pens which are +still used by Oriental nations. +</p> + +<p> +The following are translated from the French “Notes and Queries “— +<i>L'Intermémediare:</i> +</p> + +<blockquote> “A METALLIC PEN IN THE FOURTEENTH CENTURY.—M. Reni de Bellwal, in a +very learned volume which he has published recently, on the first +campaign of Edward III. in France, says (p. 95) with respect to the +fictitious pieces (documents) fabricated by Robert d'Artois, that a +clerk of Jeanne wrote the deeds, and made use of a bronze pen to +enable him the better to disguise his writing. This plainly refers to +a pen, and not to a stylus. Is there any record of the use of +metallic pens at any period anterior to the fourteenth century? It is +very satisfactory, however, to establish (as the French used to say) +<i>'les preuves de 1300.'</i>”—<i>L'Intermémediare.</i> +<br> +<br> +In the <i>Vieux-Neuf</i> of M. Ed. Fournier (vol. ii., p. 22, note) there +is mentioned—according to the documents used in the prosecution of +Robert d'Artois, which are in the Archives—'the bronze pen' with +which the forgers in the pay of the count wrote the false papers which +he required. M. Fournier also quotes from 'Montfaucon' 'the silver +reeds' with which the Constantinople patriarchs used to write their +letters.”—CUTHBERT, <i>L'Intermémediare,</i> 1st June, 1864. +<br> +<br> +“METALLIC PENS (XV., 68).-Writing was done in the Middle Ages +sometimes with a metal <i>stylus,</i> or perhaps with a metal pen; with the +former on wax, and with the pen on parchment or vellum. 'At Trinity +College, Cambridge, is a manuscript illustration of Eadwine, a monk of +Canterbury, and at the end the writer is represented with a metal pen +in his hand.' (See Bibliomania in the Middle Ages, p. 103). I have +in my possession a metal pen of Dutch manufacture, dating certainly +from the year 1717, mounted on the same pencilholder, with a piece of +solid plumbago, in a memorandum book of the same year.”—SAM: TIMMINS. +<br> +<br> +“Mr. Le Chauviné Gal, Prior of the collegiate of St. Peter and St. +Bars at Aosta, had in his collection of Roman antiquities a bronze +pen, slit, found in a tomb, among a number of lamps and lachrymatory +vases. M. Aubert has given a drawing and description of it in a work +on Aosta. It was subsequently stolen from him by a collector.”—CHAMBERY, Un Savoyard, <i>L'Intermémediare,</i> 25th May, 1868. +<br> +<br> +“METALLIC PENS,—In a precious volume (an account of the books of the +Decretalia) preserved in the library of Saint Antoine, of Padua, the +following notice is to be found at the bottom of the last page: 'This +work is fashioned and by diligence finished for the service of God, +not with ink of quill nor with brazen reed, but with a certain +invention of printing or reproducing by John Fust, citizen of Mayence, +and Peter Schoeiffer, of Gernsheim, Dec. 17th, 1465, A.D.' Here, +then, we have a document proving the existence of metallic pens in the +Middle Ages. But has any such pen come down to us? If so, could a +detailed description of it be obtained? On the other hand, I am +curious to know if it is possible that platinum was used in the +eighteenth century in the manufacture of pens, or whether it is +necessary to attribute a peculiar meaning to the 'platinum pen' in the +following passage of the system of shorthand by Bertin (edit. of the +year iv., p. 93) (1793). 'Those of steel and platinum are most +convenient; these latter have the advantage of all others, in that +they hold the ink a long time, and run over the paper easily, and are +not liable to corrosion by any simple acid.' I am ignorant of what +the same author means when he mentions the endless pen, which would +certainly be the best. “'—J. CAMUS, <i>L'Intermémediare.</i> +<br> +<br> +“Metallic pens were used before the fifteenth century; they were in +use at the court of Augustus.” See <i>L'Intermémed.</i> (I. 69, 94, 141; II. +319.) Consult also <i>Le Vieux-Neuf</i> Ed. Fournier.—A.D. +</blockquote> + +<p> +The following extracts show there have been several claimants, on the +Continent, who profess to have invented metallic pens, made from +steel, in the early part of the eighteenth century; but the reader had +better suspend his judgment until he has read the notes that follow +them: +</p> + +<blockquote>“A manuscript, entitled 'Historical Chronicle of Aix-la-Chapelle, +second book, 1748,' places on record the claims of Johann Janssen, a +magistrate of that place, as the inventor of steel pens. 'Just at the +meeting of the congress [after the Austrian war] I may without boasting, claim the honour of having invented a new pen. It is, perhaps, +not an accident that God should have inspired me at the present time +with the idea of making steel pens, for all the envoys here assembled +have bought the first that have been made; therewith, as may be hoped, +to sign a treaty of peace, which, with God's blessing, shall be as +permanent as the hard steel with which it is written. Of these pens, +as I have invented them, no man hath before seen or heard. If kept +clean and free from rust and ink, they will continue fit for use for +many years. Indeed, a man may write twenty reams of paper with one, +and the last line would be written as well as the first. They are now +sent into every corner of the world as a rare thing—to Spain, France, +England and Holland. Others will no doubt make imitations of my pens, +but I am the man who first invented and made them. I have sold a +great number of them at home and abroad at 1s. each, and I dispose of +them as quickly as I can make them.”' +</blockquote> + +<p> +In an article on Writing Instruments, which appeared in the Berlin +<i>Paper Zeitung,</i> on the 19th of May, 1887, the author says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “A school teacher of Koningberg, named Burger, in the year 1808, made +pens from metal, but he got poor by his trials. After this time, and +probably imitating the pens of Burger, the English began to take in +hand the manufacture of pens; <i>especially Perry,</i> he having perfected +the pens, as he did not restrict himself to the simple straight slit, +but he made cuts in the sides of different kinds.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +In a pamphlet upon the manufacture of steel pens, published in Paris, +in 1884, the writer says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “The invention of the metallic pen is due to a French mechanic— +Arnoux—who lived in the eighteenth century, who made as far back as +1750 a number of metallic pens as a curiosity. This invention did not +have any immediate result in France but spread to England, and became +in Birmingham, about 1830, a very prosperous industry. A very curious +fact about this trade is that, in England, it does not exist out of +Birmingham, where there are about ten manufactories. In France it has +become localized in Boulogne.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +There is also the “nameless Sheffield Artisan,” who so frequently +figures in newspaper paragraphs as the inventor of steel pens; and +William Gadsby, a mathematical instrument maker, who for his own use +constructed a clumsy article from the mainspring of a watch; but it is +not till the beginning of the eighteenth century that we get anything +authentic respecting the making of metallic pens. “Este,” writing in “Local Notes and Queries” <i>(Birmingham Weekly Post)</i> mentions a +remarkable little volume supplied to the members of the States General +of Holland, in the possession of Mr. W. Bragge, of Sheffield, dated +1717. It contained a silver pencil case, in two parts, one holding a +piece of plumbago, mounted like a crayon, and the other a <i>metallic +pen.</i> We have seen this unique book (now the property of Mr. Sam: +Timmins). The pen is of the barrel shape, apparently silver, and it +must be regarded as the earliest authentic metallic pen. Of the date +there can be no doubt, as the pen is made to pass through loops in the +cover of the volume to keep it closed, after the manner of pocket +books, and the book bears the date, printed on the title page, 1717. +</p> + +<p> +Pope, about the same time, received from Lady Frances Shirley a +present of a standish, containing a STEEL and a gold pen. In +acknowledging the receipt of this present, the poet wrote an ode, in +which the following lines occur: +</p> + +<p> +      “Take at this hand celestial arms;<br> +        Secure the radiant weapons wield; <br> +      This <i>golden</i> lance shall guard desert, <br> +        And, if a vice dares keep the field, <br> +      This <i>steel</i> shall stab it to the heart. <br> +        Awed, on my bended knees I fell, <br> +      Received the weapons of the sky, <br> +        And dipped them in the sable well— <br> +      The fount of fame or infamy. <br> +        What well? What weapon? Flavia cries, <br> +      A standish, <i>steel and golden pen!</i><br> +        It came from <i>Bertrand's,</i>* not the skies,<br> +      I gave it you to write again.” <br> +</p> + +<p> +*<i>Bertrand</i> kept a fancy shop in Bath. He died in 1755. His wife is +mentioned by Horace Walpole, in his letter to George Montague, May +18th, 1749, which letter is printed in his Correspondence. +</p> + +<p> +In No. 503 of the <i>Spectator,</i> bearing the date of October 7, 1712, +Steele, mentioning the conspicuous manner in which a certain lady +conducted herself in church, says: +</p> + +<p> “For she fixed her eyes upon the preacher, and as he said anything she +approved, with one of Charles Mather's fine tablets, she set down the +sentence, at once showing her fine hand, the <i>gold pen,</i> her readiness +in writing, and her judgments in choosing what to write.” +</p> + +<p> +Edmund Waller, about the middle of the seventeenth century, +acknowledged the receipt of a <i>silver pen</i> from a lady, in the +following verses: +</p> + +<p> +      Madam! intending to have try'd,<br> +        The silver favour which you gave, <br> +      In ink the shining point I dy'd, <br> +        And drench'd it in the sable wave<br> +      When, grieved to be so foully stained, <br> +        On you it thus to me complained. <br> +</p> + +<p> +      So I, the wronged pen to please, <br> +        Made it my humble thanks express<br> +      Unto your Ladyship, in these, <br> +        And now 'tis forced to confess<br> +      That your great self did ne'er indite<br> +        Nor that to me more noble write.”<br> +</p> + +<p> +Mr. G. A. Lomas, writing to the <i>Scientific American,</i> November 23, +1878, says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “I write to inquire if you can give me information concerning the +manufacture of metal pens in this country. I may be vain in the +supposition, but I am persuaded that my people—the Shakers—were the +originators of metal pens. I write this to you with a silver pen, one +slit, that was made in the vear 1819, at this village, by the Shakers. +Two or three years previously to the use of silver pens, our people +used brass plates for their manufacture, but soon found silver +preferable. Some people sold these pens in the year 1819, at this +village, for twenty-five cents, and disposed of all that could be +made.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +The writer further says the metal was made from silver coins. +</p> + +<p> +This communication called forth the following from another +correspondent: +</p> + +<blockquote> “The letter in the <i>Scientific American,</i> November 23, 1878, with +regard to the early manufacture of steel pens, reminds me of the following note which appeared in the <i>Boston Mechanic,</i> for August, 1835. +'The inventor of steel pens,' says the <i>Journal of Commerce,</i> was an +American and a well-known resident of our city (New York), Mr. Peregrine Williamson. In the year 1800, Mr.W., then a working jeweler, at +Baltimore, while attending an evening school, finding some difficulty +in making a quill pen to suit him, made one of steel. It would not +write well, however, for want of flexibility. After a while he made +an additional slit on each side of the main one, and the pens were so +much improved that Mr. W. was called to make them in such numbers as +to eventually occupy his whole time, and that of a journeyman. At +first the business was very profitable and enabled Mr. W. to realize +for the labor of himself and journeyman a clear profit of six hundred +dollars per month. The English soon borrowed the invention, and some +who first engaged in the business realized immense fortunes.”' +</blockquote> + +<p> +We do not know how much reliance may be placed upon this statement, +but, if the last assertion “that those who first engaged in the +business realized immense fortunes” may be taken as a test, the whole +must be received with a grain of salt. The letter appeared in the +<i>Boston Mechanic,</i> in 1835, and at that date there were penmakers who +had made a modest competence, but in no case were they possessed of +immense fortunes. +</p> + +<p> +In London <i>Notes and Queries,</i> the following appears respecting early +steel pens: +</p> + +<blockquote> “THE FIRST STEEL PEN.—(5th S., iii., 395.) Ten years before Dr. +Priestley was born steel pens were in use. There are references to +them in the Diary of John Byrom, who required them when writing shorthand. In a letter to his sister Phoebe, dated August, 1723, he +mentions them as follows: 'Alas! alas! I cannot meet with a steel pen, +no manner of where I believe I have asked at 375 places, but that +which I have is at your service, as the owner himself always is.”' +(Remains, Vol. i., 39.) +</blockquote> + +<p> +Mr. Ralph N. James, writing to <i>Notes and Queries,</i> gives the +following extract from the very amusing “journey to Paris,” by Dr. +Martin Lister, 1698: +</p> + +<blockquote> “There was one thing very curious, and that was a <i>Writing lnstrument</i> +of thick and strong silver wire, bound up like a hollow button or +screw, with both ends pointing one way, and at a distance, so that a +man might easily put his forefinger betwixt the two points, and the +point divided in two, just like <i>our steel pens.</i>”—<i>London Notes and +Queries,</i> vol. iii., page 346. +</blockquote> + +<p> +This note caused another writer, Mr. C.A. Ward, to send the following: +</p> + +<p> “STEEL PENS.—The extract given from Dr. M. Lister's, by Mr. Ralph N. +James, is very interesting. The doctor there speaks of <i>'our steel +pens,'</i> as if they were not at all uncommon. When the poet +Churchill's effects were sold up, after his death, Nov. 10, 1764, they +fetched extravagant prices; 'a common steel pen' brought L.5.”—<i>London Notes and Queries,</i> vol iii., page 474. +</p> + +<p> +The following extract from <i>London Notes and Queries</i> gives very +plausible reasons against placing confidence in the preceding and +other notices of ancient steel pens: +</p> + +<blockquote> “STEEL PENS. (5th S., vol. iii., pp. 346, 474.) May I ask whether, in +giving the interesting references to the use of <i>steel pens</i> before +the time of Priestley (one reference even going so far back as the +seventeenth century) your correspondents have carefully considered +what is meant by the terms. For my own part (of course I maybe quite +wrong) I should naturally have anticipated <i>steel pens</i> in these +references to mean not the modern steel nib for ordinary penmanship, +but the ancient steel pen for drawing lines or ruling circles, such as +is contained in every box of mathematical instruments. This would +explain (to some extent) the great price fetched for a good one of +Churchill's; a mere old steel nib would scarcely enter into a sale at +all. It would explain, too, why a special process of hardening should +be applied to a quill, in order to make it do duty for the steel +instrument. One would scarcely think of hardening a quill in order to +enable it to compete with a steel nib in some of the least desirable +qualities, though one often wishes one could accomplish the reverse +process, and soften or supple a steel 'stick frog,' so as to give it +the elasticity of the grey goose quill. “—V. H. I. L. L. C. IV. (iv., +37, 5th S., <i>London Notes and Queries.</i>) +</blockquote> + +<p> +Mr. R. Prosser, author of “Birmingham Inventors and Inventions,” in +writing to the compiler of this work, says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “It has often occurred to me that some of the very early references to +metallic pens may perhaps mean the draughtsman's 'ruling pen,' and not +an instrument made after the fashion of a quill pen with a slit in it. +That it is possible to write with such an instrument this paragraph +will show, but I must admit that it is not equal to one of Perry's +J's.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +From an entry in “Pepys' Diary,” October 24, 1660, <i>drawing pens</i> +appear to have been in use in London, at the time of the Restoration: +</p> + +<blockquote> “To Mr. Lilly's, where, not finding Mr. Spong, I went to Mr. +Greatorex, where I met him, and where I bought a <i>drawing pen.</i>” +</blockquote> + +<p> +In London <i>Notes and Queries</i> (4th S., xi., 440), the Rev. E. +Smedley, editor of the <i>Encyclopoedia Metropolitana,</i> writing to his +friend, Mr. H. Hawkins, April 10, 1833, says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “The process of nibbing and shaving is one which I always abominated, +and for years past I have taken refuge under the <i>Perryian</i> pens. The +one with which I now write has been in use daily, and all day long, +for more than a fortnight, and I consider that it still owes me quite +as much worth as it has already furnished. Every packet contains nine +pens, and on an average two out of that number fail to suit my hand, +but the remaining seven are faithful servants, and their price is 2s.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +In <i>London Notes and Queries</i> (4th S., xii., 57) a writer says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “I bought my first steel pen from Bramah, Piccadilly, in 1825. The +price was 1s. 6d. It was very thick and hard, with very little +elasticity. In 1829 I read advertised in the <i>Times,</i> steel pens, +with holder, 3s. per dozen, at Kendal's, in Holborn. They were hand +made, and much easier to write with than Bramah's. Soon after the +price fell, and steel pens became common.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +In <i>London Notes and Queries</i> (4th S., x., 309), October 19, 1872, Mr. +William Bates, speaking of a visit he paid to an old lady, at Studley +(Worcestershire) about 1825, says that he saw an exquisitely-finished +inkstand of pure gold, the gift of one of the Earls of Plymouth to her +father, 100 years before. The inkstand was provided with a jointed +gold penholder, terminating in a barrel (one slit) pen, resembling the +metallic pen of the present day, except that he found that it would +not write. +</p> + +<p> +In “Local Notes and Queries,” published in the <i>Birmingham Journal and +Weekly Post,</i> there have appeared a number of contributions relating +to the early manufacture of steel pens. We reproduce them here. A +correspondent writing on June 22, 1869, says: “Daniel Fellows, of +Sedgley, made steel pens about 1800.” +</p> + +<p> +Another writer, on the same date, says, “The first makers of steel +pens were John Edwards, Hill Street, and Francis Heeley, Mount Street, +Birmingham.” +</p> + +<p> +Respecting, the former of these, in <i>Wrightson's Birmingham Directory,</i> +1823, the following advertisement appears: “John Edwards, manufacturer +of improved gold, silver, and <i>elastic sleel pens,</i> mounted in all +kinds of cases, and desk handles, No. 40 Hill Street. N.B.—The pens +are warranted to write exceedingly fine and free.” +</p> + +<p> +This advertisement contained engravings of a barrel and “nibbed” or “slip” pen. +</p> + +<p> +J. Sargent, writing from Tettenhall, June 28, 1869, says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “A journeyman blacksmith, named Fellows, of Sedgley, was the first +originator of steel pens. I resided at Sedgley in 1822, when Sheldon, +Fellows's apprentice, made some of these pens. He made two for me. I +wrote very well with them. Sheldon himself told me that Mr. Gillott +commenced making the pen from seeing some of his (Sheldon's) make.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +Some one writing under the <i>nom de plume</i> of “Un Qui Sait,” says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “I distinctly recollect, about the year 1806, being at Fellows's home +in Sedgley, and there seeing Thomas Sheldon, his apprentice, making +steel pens. He knew of an entry in his books of pens bought from +Fellows in 1807. He paid Sheldon L.100 in 1822. He believed Fellows +made pens in 1793. Beilby and Knott (Birmingham stationers) sold +these pens in considerable quantities from 1818 to 1828. Sheldon +continued the trade until it was destroyed through inability to +compete with the machine-made pens of Mitchell and Gillott.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +Another writer, “T. S.,” says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “In 1815, an uncle of mine used to purchase these pens from Sheldon, +of Sedgley. The price was eighteen shillings per dozen, ten per cent. +for cash. They were barrel shape. B. Smith and Co. had in their +pattern book of engravings of steel toys a drawing of one of these +pens, which were sold at thirty shillings per dozen; also one in a +bone handle, the top of which screwed off, for carrying in the pocket, +at thirty-six shillings per dozen.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +Another correspondent, writing on July 24, 1869, mentions (on +authority of the late Mr. Alderman Yates) that an old man named +Spittle made steel pens before any of the present makers. +</p> + +<p> +In note 319 this man Spittle is mentioned by another writer, who says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “A man named Spittle, one of the earliest makers of steel pens, lived +in Chequers' Walk, Bath Row, Birmingham. He made steel pens for sale, +and charged one shilling each for them. They were made with a tube to +fit on a quill. I bought one from him forty-five years ago (1824).” +</blockquote> + +<p> “E.W.,” writing in 1869, says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “In 1821 there was a B. Smith, steel toy maker, St. Paul's [Mary's] +Square, Birmingham. He had a book of engravings of steel toys, among +which were steel pens, made to screw on and off. This pattern book +might have been one hundred years old. I sold his pens in 1823.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +The Editor of “Notes and Queries” says “Smith's pattern book was +probably fifty years old,” and further remarks that steel pens must +have been a regular article of manufacture before they appeared in a +steel toy maker's pattern book. +</p> + +<p> “C.J.,” in note 372, says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “The pattern book of John Barnes, Eagle Works, Wolverhampton, contains +engravings of early steel pens.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +Mr. Robert Griffin says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “In 1824 I wrote very much with a steel pen made under the direction +of James Perry—a pen that lasted about eight or nine weeks, writing +eight hours a day.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +In note 344, “Anon” says he remembered his father (who had premises in +Water Street, Birmingham), in the summer of 1823, bringing a tall, +quiet, respectable man to the manufactory. He had a piece of iron, or +steel, which he required to be cut up into strips of about two inches +wide. The man said he was going to get the strips rolled to make into +steel pens. He gave the writer of the note sixpence and a barrel pen +for his trouble. In answer to inquiries the writer put to his father, +the latter stated he did not know the man's name nor where he lived, +but “that he met with him in a smoke room, where he (the father) +sometimes spent his evenings.” The writer further remarks: “Where the +man had got his ideas from which induced him to try his hand at making +steel pens I do not know, but I have an impression that there were +several experimenters in existence at that time; and very soon +afterward Mr. William (Joseph) Gillott, with whom my father was on +terms of intimacy, came into notice as a maker of steel pens.” This +is a very important statement, as it fixes a date respecting pens +being made from sheet steel. +</p> + +<p> +One of the oldest toolmakers in the trade has informed us that, about +the year 1823 or 1824, he was frequently taken by his father to visit +an uncle named Clulee, who rented power at the Water Street mill. On +these occasions his father and uncle would talk about the visits of +Gillott to the latter, and the hopeful manner in which he spoke of the +experiments he was then making. Gillott rented power at the Water +Street mill, and was engaged in grinding and finishing penknife +blades, which were inserted in one end of a silver pencil case, which +his relative—Mitchell—was then making. +</p> + +<p> +Now, who was this “tall, quiet, respectable man?” It could not have +been Gillott, as he was not tall and the father of “Anon” knew him; +and Mitchell was also a short man. We have failed to trace him, and +his identity is lost among the “sowers” who failed to reap the harvest +of their inventions. +</p> + +<p> +Mr. George Wallis, speaking of steel pens, remarks: +</p> + +<blockquote> “I wrote with one when a boy (1822 to 1826), having found several in a +stock of old steel waste in the warehouse of a relative, a retired +ornamental steel worker, at Wolverhampton. These pens were made (so I +was told) for the London market, late in the last or early in the +present century. Certainly they were made fifteen or, perhaps, twenty +years, when I found them, as the manufactory in which they had been +produced had been closed the former number of years. They consisted +of a holder of steel, with flutings and facets. One was solid and +tapered to lighten it; the other had a barrel with an internal screw. +The pen had two screws; one was used to screw the pen into the barrel +for use, and the other to secure it when turned inwards as a protection when not in use, or to carry in the pocket.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +The following letter from Mr. Alderman Manton to Mr. Sam: Timmins +makes us acquainted with another manufacturer of steel pens: +</p> + +<blockquote> “THE METAL PENS OF 1823.—In a badly-constructed and unsanitary +manufactory (Mr. James Collins's), at the back of 119 Suffolk Street, +(Birm.), I witnessed the process of making silver and <i>steel</i> pens. +As both metals were manufactured in the same manner, one description +will serve. It will be remembered by a few that at that time there +was a patent silver pencil case somewhat extensively manufactured, +which in addition to the pencil, had a penknife, <i>pen</i> and toothpick +provided. The penknife was supplied by two brothers—<i>Joseph and +William Gillott</i>—who at that time rented a small shop in a corner of +the yard belonging to the rolling mill of George and P.F. Muntz, Water +Street, and from whose engine they obtained the small amount of steam +power needed. The process of making the pens was as follows: Two narrow strips were cut from a sheet of silver or steel; they were then, +by the help of the hammer and a lead cake, or piece of hard wood, +curved. Afterwards the two strips were placed opposite to each other +on a well-polished steel wire, and drawn through a draw-plate, the +wire and plate being supplied by Wm. Billings, a celebrated tool +manufacturer, occupying premises near the top of Snow Hill (Birm.). +By the aid of a press, a small hole was made at a distance of half an +inch or five-eighths from the end, the slit was then made by a fine +saw made of watch springs. A bent pair of shears was used for cutting +the end of strip into the shape of a pen; and a half-round file or +smooth was used for finishing the pen. The pen was then sawn off the +strip by the same saw which was used for slitting the pen. The only +hardening process was the friction of the draw-plate and steel wire. +I not only witnessed the process, but was a manipulator. The cost of +making at that time, by a journeyman, was 2d. each; by an apprentice, +about one-third of that amount. Within less than thirty years of that +time, in a manufactory adjoining my own, pens were made and sold +(wholesale) at 2d. per gross, and a box containing them into the +bargain.” <i>(Signed)</i> Henry Manton, September 15, 1886. +</blockquote> + +<p> +Mr. T. Vary writes that James Perry began making steel pens in +Manchester, and quotes the <i>Saturday Magazine</i> to show that metallic +pens were given by him as rewards of merit in schools as far back as +1819. +</p> + +<p> +Mr. James Cocker, writing in the <i>Sheffield Daily Telegraph,</i> in 1869, +says: “That he rolled steel wire for James Perry for penmaking in +1829.” +</p> + +<p> +The death of Mr. Gillott seems to have revived the discussion of the +origin of steel pens, and a correspondent in the Sheffield <i>Daily +Telegraph,</i> in the issue of January 11, 1872, in the following letter, +puts forth a claim on behalf of a Sheffield man: +</p> + +<blockquote> “The well-written and well-merited memoir of the late Mr. Gillott, the +Birmingham steel pen maker, which has just appeared in the newspapers, +affords a curious and instructive illustration of the success which +not seldom attends the combined action of ingenuity, industry, shrewdness, and integrity among our labouring classes. Born in the humblest +rank of our local workmen, a steady scholar in our Boys' Lancasterian +School, and apprenticed to a scissors grinder, the deceased worked his +way upwards into a position of influence and opulence as a +manufacturer, which entitled him to take social rank with the merchant +princes of the land. And if his name has long since ceased to be +familiar among his once contemporary workmen in Sheffield, and is not +even mentioned in the Directory, it has for several years past been +recognized and respected by the visitors at the annual exhibitions of +our School of Art, in connection with the many rare and valuable pictures lent by him on those occasions. The printed <i>fac-simile</i> of the +autograph appeared in the 'advertising columns' of almost every newspaper in the world, and perhaps, as an expert might have said, was +characteristic. In the admirable account of his life above referred +to stress is laid upon one prominent and praiseworthy feature of his +character, viz., his readiness to acknowledge the obscurity of his +origin and the steps of his industrial success. In those details no +mention is made of his Sheffield master and predecessor in the +ingenious art of steel pen making. And as the notice alluded to is +without dates, it is difficult to furnish information on the material +point of priority, though the fact of supremacy in the trade is clear +enough. In one of the columns of Lardner's Cyclopedia, published in +1833, the names of Perry, Heeley, and Skinner are mentioned as steel +pen makers. With the latter, who if he did not make wealth, certainly +earned a wide reputation for the low price and excellent temper of his +'steel nibs,' Mr. Gillett was a workman, in Nursery Street, Sheffield, +having gone with his master from the scissors grinding stone to the +making of polished steel ornaments for ladies' work, then fashionable. +How much, in what way, or whether at all, he was indebted to his +experience in Mr. Skinner's establishment may be questionable, but +that he learnt and first saw practised in Sheffield the art that +ultimately enriched him in Birmingham, he would probably be the last +to deny. It is well remembered by a worthy dealer in almost every +useful article, from a mouse-trap to a railroad wagon, that Gillott, +soon after his establishment in Birmingham, came into our townsman's +shop, and seeing on the counter a model steam engine of half-horse +power, at once purchased and carried it off to give motion to some +part of his pen machinery. Brass pens were made in Sheffield before +the close of the last century. They mostly accompanied an 'inkpot,' +called from its users an 'exciseman.' The writer of this paragraph +himself made hundreds of dozens of them, which, however, be never +used, nor steel ones either, as long as he could get a 'goose quill,' +good, bad or indifferent. The matter of slitting the nib was kept +secret by Skinner, and the double slit of Gillott more than doubled +the value of his old master's invention; but a 'four-slit' pen, <i>i.e., +with five points,</i> if possible to make, would be useless. The +earliest experimenter in form and material was Perry, flexibility +being the great desideratum; but it is curious to see how world-wide a +currency Gillott's name and trade have given to the simplest shape; +and still more curious to note how the makers of writing ink and paper +have conformed these articles to the requirements of the uses of the +steel pen. It is always gratifying, and not unprofitable, to contrast +the small and feeble beginnings of any manufacturing enterprise with a +large and well-merited success.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +This communication appears to have caused a Mr. William Levesley to +call upon the writer of the preceding epistle, and the following which +appeared in the <i>Sheffield Daily Telegraph,</i> January 30, 1872, was +written: +</p> + +<blockquote> “I have to thank you for the insertion of my queries as to the early +connection of Sheffield with steel pen making. In consequence of the +appearance of my letter in the <i>Telegraph,</i> a cutlery manufacturer of +the name of William Levesley, called upon me, and informed me that he +was not only an early associate with the late Mr. Gillott, of Birmingham, but the first person who made a steel pen out of London. +Stress has been laid upon Gillott's ability 'to forge and grind a +knifeblade.' It is not likely he ever used the hammer on hot steel, +but he was when young, and working with father, accounted an excellent +penknife grinder; Skinner being a scissors grinder, and Levesley a +workboard hand for the same master. A man of the name of Mitchell +having married Gillott's mother, went to Birmingham, and began the +cutlery business, the latter removing thither to grind for his father- +in-law. His brother had also gone thither, and commenced making an +article that had some run, and may be said to have united the +ingenious handicrafts of Birmingham, viz., the insertion of a penknife +blade at the end of a silver pencil case. Meanwhile, about the year +1825, Levesley saw a steel pen, made by Perry, of London, in Ridge's +shop window, in High Street. He bought it for one shilling, and +immediately set about making tools to imitate and improve upon it. He +spent, he said, L.30 in not unsuccessful, though unremunerative, +experiments. The flypress was at least as well known in Sheffield as +in Birmingham, and its power was at once brought into requisition to +work the tools for shaping, bending, and slitting the pens which were +made out of sheet steel, Perry's being made out of thick wire, rolled +flat, by Cocker, in Nursery Street. In 1829, Levesley was making pens +for sale, and that year is said to be the earliest date of actual +sales in Skinner's ledger. In 1831 he was doing a considerable +business in Sheffield, and making experiments upon the article, as +appears from specimens before me bearing his name. Stress has been +laid upon the improvement of the double slit, introduced by Gillott, +but if Levesley's statement is to be taken literally, he was the +inventor of a specialty upon which, even more than on excellence of +material, the merit of a steel pen is found to depend, viz., the +grinding of a small hollow at the back of the nib, and about the +eighth of an inch from the point. My informant described not only the +beneficial action of this thinning of the metal, as well in yielding +the gradual flow of the ink as in flexibility of writing, but the +pleasure with which he took a specimen to Birmingham to show Gillott, +and the surprise of the latter at so great and so beneficial an +effect, provided by so small a cause. He at once adopted an +improvement of which every pen made by him bears evidence; and when +his friend visited him he told him he had fifty women employed in +grinding pen points. It is pleasant to add that Gillott never visited +Sheffield without calling to see his old friend Levesley, while the +latter spoke of his early and later life with respect and +commendation, especially in his domestic relations. It is pleasing to +review a life of such humble beginnings, culminating in opulence and +usefulness like that of the late Joseph Gillott, of Birmingham; nor is +it less to name in connection therewith, as an early experimenter in +steel pen making, our worthy townsman, William Levesley, to whose +ingenious improvement every writer is so much indebted, and of whose +verbal communication to me the foregoing is an imperfect sketch.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +Now, in this statement, there are some dales given, but others are +omitted, and that is a very unfortunate circumstance. Levesley told +the writer of the article in the <i>Sheffield Daily Telegraph</i> that he +made use of the fly press for working tools for shaping, bending, and +slitting pens. If the writer had only given the date of this it would +have been a valuable contribution toward a history of the invention. +The claim of Levesley to having invented the process of grinding pens +and teaching Gillott seems, to say the least, curious, because the +latter was a Sheffield grinder, and the idea would certainly be quite +as likely to occur to Gillott as Levesley. Besides, why did Levesley +communicate the idea to Gillott in preference to Skinner, with whom he +had business relations? The statement that Gillott had fifty girls +employed when Levesley* called upon him on his next visit to +Birmingham looks like a mistake. Fifty girls would grind on an +average seven thousand gross of pens in a week, and as this +correspondence appears to refer to the early part of Gillott's career, +it is scarcely possible that such a number of pens were produced +weekly at that period. Besides, as a matter of fact, boys were, in +the first instance, employed to grind pens. +</p> + +<blockquote> +* Mr. Sam: Timmins says, “that Levesley told him that Gillott started +in Birmingham as a jobbing cutler; that Mitchell had the secret of pen +making; that Mitchell sent for Gillott to come to Birmingham, and that +he (J.G.) first lived at the top of Water Street; that Gillott began +to make pens in Bread Street; that Perry made pens from flattened +steel wire, the breadth of the pen (the steel was 3s. 6d. per lb., and +drawn at Old Ford); that he had seen cross grinding (at Gillott's) in +Newhall Street, and fifty women at work; and that pens had double +slits and cut holes. Levesley certainly knew all the Gillott family, +personally, in Sheffield, and he (S. T.) had a long interview with him +shortly before his death, when he mentioned all the facts given here.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +Herr Ignaz Nagel, in his “Report on Writing, Drawing, and Painters' +Requisites,” at the Vienna Exhibition, 1873, says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “From careful inquiries that we made in Birmingham, we learned that a +knife cutler, of Sheffield, was the first man who had the idea of +making pens of steel, and that a tinman of the name of Skipper +[Skinner], of Sheffield, afterwards manufactured the pens in great +quantities. His son developed the idea still further. This, +according to our informant, was fifty years ago. A steel pen artisan, +working in Birmingham, remembers perfectly well reading the +announcement in a window of the High Street, in Sheffield, 1816: +'Steel pens are repaired here at sixpence apiece.' There was a man +named Spittle, in Birmingham, who used to make steel pens by hand. He +was succeeded by the brothers John and William Mitchell, who were +manufacturers of steel pens, wholesale and by machinery, about forty- +five years ago. Perry came afterwards, and took out a patent for the +first steel pens, and after him Gillott, who had learnt the business +with the Mitchells.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +A writer in <i>Herbert's Encyclopoedia</i> published in 1837, says +</p> + +<blockquote> “The first decided attempt to introduce metallic pens to general use +was made by Mr. Wise, whose perpetual pens will doubtless be remembered by many of our readers. The name of Wise was rendered conspicuous in most of our stationers' shops some twenty-five or thirty +years since, as the original inventor and general manufacturer of the +steel pens.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +We stated at the beginning of this article that of three men— +Mitchell, Gillott, and Mason—who might have done something toward +fixing the date of the invention of manufacturing pens by the +adaptation of tools worked by the screw press, only one—Mason—made a +statement: +</p> + +<blockquote> “The first making of steel pens that I know of was about the year +1780, by my late friend Mr. Harrison, for Dr. Priestley. He took +sheet steel, made a tube of it, and the part joined formed the slit of +the pen. He then filed away the barrel and formed the pen. I found +some of the identical pens amongst other articles and used them for a +long time. +<br> +<br> +“The second mode of making pens was by punching a rough blank out of +thin sheet steel. This blank formed the well-known barrel pen. It +was brought into the barrel shape by rounding, but before rounding it +had to be filed into a better form about the nib, and when rounded in +the soft state, a sharp chisel was used to mark the inside of the pen +which became the slit, after hardening. Before tempering, this mark +was 'tabbered' with a small hammer, and it would crack where the +inside mark was made. Then it was tempered and underwent grinding, +and shaping the nib until a point suitable for fine or broad, as +required. +<br> +<br> +“I made barrel pens in 1828, and 'slip' pens for Perry in 1829, and +the first lot of 100 at <i>one time</i> was sent November 20, 1830. Frequently, lots of 20 or 30 gross were sent between 1829 and 1830, and +in 1831 I sent pens to Perry amounting to L.1421, 1s. 3d. +<br> +<br> +“Perry certainly never made a pen as they are now made, viz., the +slit cut <i>with press tools</i>; all he made were <i>cracked</i> slit. +<br> +<br> +“I made steel barrel pens some time before I made 'slip' pens for +Perry. +<br> +<br> +“It is doubtful when metal pens were made. The first I know of were +made by Mr. Harrison, for Dr. Priestley. Perry was certainly not the +first maker of steel pens, but I have no doubt that he was the first +steel <i>slip pen</i> maker, and no doubt the first to use a <i>goose quill</i> +for a pen holder, hence the slip pen. +<br> +<br> +“The first stick pen holders I made for Perry in 1832, and for Gillott +in 1835, and sold sticks to Gillott in 1840—L.293 18s. 7d.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +Mason claimed to have made barrel pens for Perry, of London, in 1828, +and “slip or nibbed” pens in 1829; but he does not appear to have made +any claim to priority of invention over Mitchell and Gillott. +</p> + +<p> +Now, although Mitchell made no claim himself, on the death of Mr. +Gillott the following letter appeared in the <i>Daily Post:</i> +</p> + +<blockquote> “The remarks which have appeared in a local paper upon the death of +Mr. J. Gillott, that the steel pen owes its existence to him, and that +the adaptation of machinery to the manufacture of metallic pens was +his invention, lead the public to wrong conclusions. It is due to the +memory of my late father—John Mitchell—that I should state that he +not only made steel pens, but used machinery in their production, for +some time before Mr. Gillott commenced in that branch of business.”— +HENRY MITCHELL, January 12, 1872. +</blockquote> + +<p> +In October, 1876, Mr. Henry Mitchell writes to <i>Aris's Gazette,</i> and +says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “You review, in your impression of the 23d inst., a work entitled +'British Manufacturing Industries—the Birmingham Trades,' in which +the history of steel pens forms a prominent chapter. I beg to point +out that my late father's name—John Mitchell—is certainly mentioned +in a list of the manufacturers of the article, and, to my great +surprise, simply so. In a part of the work the author states that +'The early history of steel pens is involved in obscurity.' My object +in writing to you is to remove that obscurity, as I am satisfied you +will be equally desirous of giving honor to whom honor is due. I +claim that honor for my late father—John Mitchell—who was the first +to introduce the making of steel pens by means of tools, which were +purely his own invention, and I will leave it to an enlightened public +to judge if it is not one of the greatest benefits conferred on any +civilized community. Whatever others may have done does not remove +the fact that the inventor I have named was my father; and it is only +due to him that posterity should know who originated the means whereby +millions of human beings of the present time, and generations yet unborn are, and will be, enabled to communicate their thoughts to each +other with a facility they otherwise would not have had. For, unless +the steel pen had been manufactured by tools and machinery, that useful article would virtually be at a prohibitory price. The date of +the invention I believe to be 1822 or thereabouts.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +This is very emphatic; but how far may it be taken as an unprejudiced +statement of facts? Well, it has never been contradicted; and Gillott +never made a claim on his own behalf, as having made pens before +Mitchell. Mason gave the year 1828 as the date when he commenced +making pens, so that the evidence is in favor of Mitchell. +</p> + +<p> +We have heard this statement of Henry Mitchell confirmed by a man who +worked for Mitchell, as a boy, and who remembered pens being made for +Sheldon by Mitchell. It is probable at this early period the pens +were made for a few dealers, and the general public was unacquainted +with the names of the manufacturers. This circumstance has no doubt +contributed to involve in obscurity the early operations of Mitchell +and Gillott. In a notice in <i>Lardner's Cyclopoedia</i> (written by Mr. +John Holland, of Sheffield), published in 1833, the names of three +penmakers only are given—Perry, Heeley, and Skinner. From this it +might be supposed that there were no other penmakers at this date; but +Gillott had taken out a patent in 1831, and the names of both Mitchell +and Gillott appeared as penmakers in <i>Wrightson's Birmingham +Directory</i> for 1830. It cannot be supposed that Mr. Holland wilfully +omitted to mention the names of Mitchell and Gillott, for this writer +was an impartial and painstaking collector of facts, but it is +probable the notice was written some time before it was published; +and, like many little masters, Mitchell and Gillot were only known as +penmakers to the wholesale dealers in Birmingham, upon whom they +depended for orders, consequently Mr. Holland would be ignorant of +their existence. +</p> + +<p> +In speaking of the demand for steel pens, the writer in Lardner's +says: “The rage originated chiefly, if not altogether, in the +successful speculations of Mr. James Perry, of London, whose pens, +however short their merits may fall of the praise of the inventor, are +certainly superior to most others composed of a like material. Perry +began to make steel pens, in Manchester, in 1819, and in London in +1824.” The press and tools with which these pens were made are still +in the possession of Perry and Co., at their warehouse in the Holburn +Viaduct. This fact tends to confirm the statement that Mr. James +Perry was one of the earliest experimenters in the manufacture of the +article. Levesley says he bought one of Perry's pens, which he saw in +a shop window in Sheffield, in 1825, and he took it to his workshop +and improved upon it. This is somewhat similar to the account given by +Mason of his first experiment in pen making. Mason saw a pen of +Perry's in the window of a bookseller named Peart, in Bull Street, +Birmingham, in 1828, which he purchased and took home. Finding he +could produce a better article, which could be sold at a cheaper rate, +he made some and sent them to Mr. James Perry, in, London, and that +gentleman shortly after waited upon Josiah Mason, at his place of +business in Lancaster Street, and the interview resulted in Mason +beginning to make pens for Perry. It will be remembered that the +writer in the <i>Sheffield Daily Telegraph</i> stated that the earliest +experimenter in form and material was Perry. +</p> + +<p> +Leaving the honor of having originated the application of labor-saving +machinery for the manufacture of steel pens to Mitchell, it would +appear that the merit of having popularized the article is due to +Perry. In 1830, Mr. James Perry issued a circular containing a series +of engravings of metallic pens, showing the improvements he had +patented in their manufacture. In this circular it is stated: “Till +about six months ago the public had heard little of metallic pens. At +present, it would seem that comparatively few of any other kind are in +the hands of any class of the community. This sudden transition may +clearly be traced to the announcement of the Patent Perryian Pens in +various periodicals, about six months ago, and to the general demand +which ensued for that pen in every part of the empire,” +</p> + +<p> +Although this might be regarded as an <i>ex-parte</i> statement, it is +confirmed by independent testimony that Perry popularized the article. +The <i>Saturday Magazine,</i> 1838, says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “About twelve years ago (1825), the celebrated Perryian pens first appeared. Mr. Perry may be regarded in the light of a great improver; +many of his pens are ingenious and original in construction. He arranges his pens into <i>genera</i> and <i>species.</i> Mr. Perry first overcame +the rigidity complained of in steel pens by introducing apertures +between the shoulder and point of the pen, thus transferring the +elasticity of the pen to a position below instead of above the +shoulder. This was the subject of his patent in 1830.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +Mr. Sam: Timmins, in 1866, writes: +</p> + +<blockquote> “No skill in manufacture, however, could conquer the prejudice against +any metallic pen, and to Mr. James Perry the world is much indebted +for persevering advocacy of the steel pen, and for one of the most +important improvements in its form. Mr. Perry, with his characteristic energy, almost forced the steel pen into use, and was +supplied with pens of a first-class quality by Mr. Josiah Mason, of +this town.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +Furthermore, it is certain that about this time, steel pens began +rapidly to supersede the use of quills,* and the trade was recognized +as a rising industry. It is true that it still retained the secretive +character with which its operations were conducted in its earlier +days, which indeed in some respects distinguish it at the present +time. Its activity or dullness seldom troubles the writers of the “Trade Reports” in the local press, although they sometimes inform +their readers about good orders having been placed for mousetraps, +stove screws, snuffer trays, candle extinguishers, and sad irons. +</p> + +<blockquote> +*In a humorous article, “The Web-footed Interests,” which appeared in +Tait's Edinburgh Magazine, vol. iii., page 280 (1833), there is a +petition to the House of Commons, from Ganders, Geese & Goslings, +setting forth the evils likely to ensue from the use of metallic pens. +It prognosticates depression in agriculture and manufactures +consequent upon a diminution in the amount of grain consumed, and a +falling off in the demand for penknives; and draws an alarming picture +of the possible failure of the supply of iron ware, and the total +extinction of literature, likely to ensue through a stoppage in the +supply of steel pens,—the web-footed interest being supposed to have +ceased to exist. The petition concludes with a prayer that the +manufacture of metallic pens be prohibited. +</blockquote> + +<p> +To the writers of the present generation, who can purchase fairly-good +pens at one shilling or one shilling and sixpence per gross, it seems +hard to realize that people once gave one shilling each for +substitutes for quills. It is true that quills could then be bought +for a halfpenny and penny each, but how difficult it was to acquire +the art of successfully manipulating the same into a pen the following +anecdote from “Edwards' Life of Rowland Hill” will testify: +</p> + +<blockquote> “Mrs. Sinkinson, of Jamaica Row, Birmingham, tells me she went to a +school in Hurst Street, and that she remembered that old Mr. Hill came +one day a week to teach arithmetic, and Rowland [Sir Rowland Hill] on +another to teach writing. In those days there were no steel pens, and +Rowland couldn't mend a pen, so that whenever he came he was +accompanied by his brother, Matthew Davenport, whose office it was to +mend the pens used by the pupils the preceding week.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +Sir Josiah Mason used to relate a similar circumstance in his own +life, when at Kidderminster, that he accompanied his brother Richard, +who was a Sunday-school teacher, to mend the pens. +</p> + +<p> +Comparing the crude specimens of early steel pens with the finished +productions of the present day, we may be inclined to think that some +praise was due to the people who persevered in the use of them; but +that the purchasers of these early productions did appreciate them we +have the testimony of Mr. Robert Griffin, who says that he wrote for +eight weeks, eight hours a day, with a pen made by Perry, in 1824. +Now, the old <i>”scribes,”</i> as the law stationers' writers were called, +were generally allowed one quill a day, and as the work of the day +usually wore out the longest quill, a considerable amount of time must +have been occupied in the renovation of the article.* This would be a +serious inconvenience to those who could manufacture a quill into a +pen, but as this was by no means an universal accomplishment, we can +form an idea how even these clumsy substitutes found purchasers at +such high prices. +</p> + +<blockquote> +*The writer recollects the tedious waiting for the patient usher, who +from desk to desk with his penknife, mending pens, and paying very +little attention to anything else; also the wonder felt and expressed +at the first sight of steel nibs, and how they dug into the paper. +</blockquote> + +<p> + +Tom Hood, in his “Whims and Oddities,” gives some idea of the pre- +steel-pen era: +</p> + +<p> +      In times begone, when each man cut his quill,<br> +            With little Perryian skill; <br> +      What horrid, awkward, bungling tools of trade<br> +      Appeared the writing instruments, home made! <br> +      What pens were sliced, hewed, hacked, and haggled out, <br> +      Slit or unslit, with many a various snout, <br> +      Aquiline, Roman, crooked, square, and snubby,<br> +            Humpy and stubby;<br> +      Some capable of ladye-billets neat,<br> +      Some only fit for ledger-keeping clerk,<br> +      And some to grub down, Peter Stubbs, his mark,<br> +      Or smudge through some illegible receipt,<br> +      Others in florid caligraphic plans,<br> +      Equal to ships, and wiggy heads, and swans!<br> +      To try in any common inkstands then,<br> +      With all their miscellaneous stocks,<br> +            To find a decent pen,<br> +      Was like a dip into a lucky-box;<br> +      You drew, and got one very curly,<br> +      And split like endive in some hurly-burly;<br> +      The next unslit, a square at end, a spade;<br> +      The third, incipient pop-gun, not yet made;<br> +      The fourth a broom; the fifth of no avail,<br> +      Turned upwards, like a rabbit's tail;<br> +      And last, not least, by way of a relief,<br> +      A stump that Master Richard, James, or John<br> +      Had tried his candle cookery upon,<br> +            Making 'roast beef!'”<br> +</p> + +<p> +These early pens were at first made from a piece of steel formed into +a tube, and filed into the shape of a pen by hand, the joint of the +two edges forming the slit. Afterward a blank was roughly punched +out, filed into shape, and the slit marked out with a chisel while the +blank was in a soft state. It was then shaped, hardened, tempered, +ground, and the slit cracked through by means of a hammer and tool at +the place where the mark had been made. The engravings of the pens by +Edwards, which appeared in <i>Wrightson's Directory,</i> 1823, seem to +indicate that the piercing, side cutting and slitting were executed by +mechanical appliances. Possibly, Edwards was not a manufacturer +himself, but had his pens made for him by Mitchell. +</p> + +<p> +In the pre-steel-pen era there were many attempts made to supersede +quills. In “Peveril of the Peak,” Mistress Chiffinch speaks of her +<i>diamond pen.</i> There was a pen the nibs of which were of ruby, set in +gold, made by Doughty. Dr. Wollaston made gold pens tipped with, +rhodium. +</p> + +<p> +During the time the early makers of steel pens were perfecting the +article, several experimenters were offering to the public writing +instruments made from various materials. Bramah patented <i>”quill +nibs,”</i> made by splitting quills and cutting the semi-cylinders into +sections, which were shaped into pens, and adapted to be placed in a +holder. Hawkins and Mordan, in 1823, made use of horn and tortoise- +shell, which was cut into “nibs,” softened in water, and small pieces +of ruby and other precious stones were then embedded in by pressure. +In this way they insured durability and great elasticity. In order to +give stability to the nib thin pieces of gold or other metal were +affixed to the tortoise-shell. +</p> + +<p> +Looking back at the early operations of the trade, and considering +that steel pens were made by hand at the beginning of the present +century, we can scarcely understand why the idea of cheapening the +production by the application of labor-saving contrivances did not +occur to those inventive geniuses, the proprietors of Soho. Boulton +had expended some time in perfecting the manufacture of steel buttons. +That local Admirable Crichton, Humphrey Jefferies, does not appear to +have ever directed his attention to the manufacture of this article, +which has now become a prime necessity of civilization. Yet we hear +of his success in the improvement of buttons, and button-makers must +have used the screw press and tools for cutting out the blank and +shaping it into form; and the process of slitting had been +anticipated, for printers had a brass rule-cutting machine in use, the +cutters of which bore a strong resemblance to those now used for +slitting steel pens. Like most of the pioneers in the path of +invention, the majority of the early makers of pens were men whose +business pursuits gave them no special facilities for entering upon +the manufacture of steel pens. The progress of the trade from 1829 +(with the exception of the period when Perry and Gillott first +commenced advertising) had been gradual, but satisfactory. In one of +Gillott's early advertisements, he stated that he made 490,361 gross +in 1842, and 730,031 in 1843. This was an advance by leaps and bounds +which has not since been maintained. Although Mason commenced making +pens for Perry in the year 1828, yet it was not till 1861 that his +name became known in England as a steel-pen maker. Many merchants in +Birmingham and Wolverhampton, who purchased steel rings from him, had +no idea that he was a maker of pens; yet on the Continent of Europe +pens bearing his name were eagerly sought after. Subsequent to 1861 +he was associated with Perry, until, in 1876, the trade-marks, +patents, etc., were purchased by a limited liability company, who now, +under the name of “Perry & Co.,” have become the largest manufacturers +of pens in the world. +</p> + +<p> +At the present time (1889) there are thirteen firms engaged in the +trade in Birmingham, and they make up about twenty-four tons of steel +per week into pens and penholder tips. Making due allowance for the +material used in the latter article, this consumption would probably +represent a weekly average production of 200,000 grosses of pens. The +Birmingham penmakers employ about 3,500 women and girls, and 650 men +and boys; and besides these the number of women and girls working at +making paper boxes, in which the pens are packed, would probably +exceed 300. In addition to this there are several mills where steel +is rolled for those firms who have not sufficient power on their own +premises, but there is a difficulty in stating the number of hands employed. The wages of the females range from four shillings to fifteen +shillings; those of the boys from five shillings to ten shillings. +The unskilled workmen earn from twelve shillings to twenty-four +shillings; and skilled men, or toolmakers, command wages varying from +twenty-five shillings to three pounds. Most of the females work upon +the piece-work system, but the men are paid weekly wages. +</p> + +<p> +In 1835, upon the authority of a writer in the <i>Mechanics' Magazine,</i> +two tons two hundred weight of steel were used weekly in the +manufacture of pens. Mr. Sam: Timmins made an approximate estimate +that six and a half tons of steel were used per week for steel pens in +1849, and again, in 1886, he gives the amount of steel as having +increased to ten tons. It is at all times difficult to form an +accurate estimate of the quantity of material used, but we believe we +are within the mark in putting down the present consumption of steel +at twenty-two tons weekly. From this it would appear that the trade +has doubled its production during the last twenty years. Besides +these Birmingham houses there are some four or five manufactories on +the Continent, and two in the United States, but their productions +have not increased in the same ratio as that of their English rivals. +</p> + +<p> +During the last twenty years a great improvement has taken place in +the style of boxes and labels in which the pens are packed. Formerly +(with the exception of the goods issued by Gillott and Sommerville) +most of the pens were sold in boxes of the plainest description; now +the covers or labels are printed in a number of colors from elaborate +designs, by first-class artists, and in some cases the boxes are +ornamented with well-executed portraits of royal, political, literary, +or artistic celebrities. There are many peculiarities connected with +the public taste as manifested in the demand for pens. The Germans +use a greater variety of patterns than any other nation. The English +taste is more restricted, and is generally confined to articles of the +plainer shapes. Autocratic Russia and democratic America make use of +the fewest patterns. By a regulation of the Imperial Government, pens +in boxes, bearing portraits of the Russian royal family are prevented +from entering the country, and in America public taste does not favor +a demand for portrait boxes. By a law which came into operation the +1st of January, 1886, no pens can be imported into Russia bearing the +name of a Russian firm. The probable purpose of this law was to +encourage the establishment of a Russian manufactory. At present +there are no pen works in Russia. An attempt was made in Moscow, in +1876-8, to manufacture steel pens, but the experiment proved a +failure. The Germans and French are the largest buyers of first-class +pens, but the Italians are content with articles of the commonest +character. The chief demand for three-pointed pens comes from Spain. +At present the demand for steel pens is chiefly confined to European +nations and their descendants. The great Asiatic nations still write +with pens made from reeds, or camel-hair pencils. A few of the +natives of India and Japan, and some of the subjects of the Sultan and +Khe'dive are beginning to make use of steel pens adapted to the +peculiarities of their writing. From this it would appear that the +possibilities of the progress of the trade in the future are very +favorable; but in the meantime its productions are scattered over the +globe, and even in some of the darkest corners of the earth pioneers +of civilization are to be found transcribing the results of their +experience with the aid of that great factor of nineteenth-century +progress—an English Steel Pen. +</p> +<br> +<br> +<br> +<a name="mfg"></a> +<h3 align="center"> + THE MANUFACTURING PROCESSES<br> + OF STEEL PENS.<br> +</h3> +<p> +The steel from which the greater part of the metallic pens are +manufactured comes from Sheffield. Notwithstanding the many names +given by the venders of steel pens to the material from which they are +manufactured there are but two sorts—good and bad—and therefore +Peruvian, Damascus, Amalgam, and Silver Steel are but fancy names. As +a matter of fact, where a number of prefixes are used to describe the +quality of an article it is generally found to have no claim to any of +them. +</p> + +<p> +The raw material is received from Sheffield in sheets six feet in +length, one foot five inches in width, and 23 or 26 Birmingham wire- +gauge in thickness. The first operation is the cutting of these sheets +into strips of convenient width. They are then packed in an oblong +iron box, placed with the open top downward in another box of the same +material, and the interstices are filled up with a composition to +exclude the air. The boxes are placed in a muffle, where they remain +until they have gradually attained a dull red heat, and the muffle is +allowed to gradually cool, or else the boxes are placed in a cooling +chamber. When the boxes have been reduced to a temperature which will +admit of their being handled, the contents (technically called a +charge) are emptied out. Now, it will be found that the strips of +steel are covered with bits of small scale, sticking to them like a +loose skin, and if this were not removed before the next process— +rolling—the steel, instead of being perfectly smooth, would be marked +with a number of indentations, rendering it very unsightly. In order +to get rid of this excrescence, the strips are immersed in a bath of +diluted sulphuric acid, which loosens the scale, and are then placed +in wood barrels to which broken pebbles and water are added. The +barrels are kept revolving until the whole of the scaly substance has +been removed and the strips have assumed a silver-gray appearance. +The steel is now ready for manipulation in the rolling mill, where it +is passed between successive pairs of rolls until it has been reduced +to the required gauge, and this operation has to be performed with +such nicety that a variation of one thousand part of an inch in the +thickness of the strip would make such an alteration in the +flexibility of the pens made from it as to cause considerable +dissatisfaction to the purchasers of the article. +</p> + +<img alt="illustration--Rolling the Steel" src="images/rolling.jpg"> +<p> +The steel on leaving the mill is conveyed to the gauging room, and it +will be found to have increased to three times its original length, +and now appears with a bright surface. Hitherto the operations have +been conducted by men and boys; but now, in the course of manufacture, +the pens will enter on a series of processes in which the quick and +delicate fingers of women and girls play an important part. The +strips of steel are now given out to the cutters. The <i>Toolmaker,</i> +who, as a rule, both makes and sets the tools, has placed in what is +known as a bolster a die, having a hole perforated through it of the +exact shape of the blank to be cut; and attached to the bottom of the +screwed bolt of the press is a punch, also bearing the exact shape of +the blank. The girl with her left hand introduces one of the strips +of steel at the back of the press, and, pulling the handle toward her +with the right hand, the screw descends, driving the punch into the +bed, and in so doing has perforated the strip of steel with a +scissors-like cut, making a blank which falls through the opening in +the die into a drawer below. Now, with her left hand she pulls the +strip toward her until it is stopped by a little projection called a +guide; and again the right hand moves the handle, the screw descends, +and another blank is cut. The operation is continued until the whole +of one side of the strip is perforated; it is then reversed and the +other side treated in a similar way. If you were to hold up the strip +thus manipulated—now called scrap—you would find that in some +particular part the perforations approach so nearly to each other as +to form a slight bar, which breaks easily between the thumb and +finger. This is rendered necessary from the fact that steel scrap is +worth only one-fifth of the value of the raw material, and, as under +the most favorable conditions, the scrap averages one-third the +original weight given out for cutting, it behooves the manufacturer to +reduce the scrap as much as practicable. If these blanks are +examined, a small V-shaped indentation, looking like a defect, will be +found upon the upper edge of that part inserted in the holder. This +small mark plays an important part in the succeeding processes. To a +casual observer there does not appear much difference between the two +sides of the blank; but, however well the tools are made, that side of +the blank which is uppermost in cutting out will be rougher than the +under side. This mark enables the operator to distinguish at a glance +the smooth side, and by always keeping the rough side upward the burr +is polished off in a later process. +</p> + +<img alt="illustration--Cutting Blanks" src="images/cutting.jpg"> + +<p>The blanks are now ready to be +passed to the next process—<i>marking.</i> This operation is performed by +a female, with the aid of a stamp. The precise mark required is cut +upon a piece of steel, and, being placed in the hammer of the stamp, +the girl puts her right foot into a stirrup attached to a rope, which +is passed round a pulley, and, pressing downward, causes the hammer to +ascend. Taking a handful of blanks with her left hand, by a dexterous +motion she makes a little train of them between the thumb and finger +in parallel order, presenting the first in the most ready position to +be passed to the other hand. The right hand is brought toward the +left, and, taking a blank, places it with the point toward the worker +in a guide upon the bed of the stamp, then by suddenly letting the +hammer descend a blow is struck upon the blank, which gives an +impression of the name cut upon the punch. The quick fingers of the +operator pass backward and forward with such rapidity that a skillful +girl will mark from two hundred to two hundred and fifty gross per +day. If the mark required is unusually large, the marking process is +deferred until after the pen has been pierced, in order that the blank +may be annealed (or softened), which takes the impression more readily +than the hard steel. +</p> + +<img alt="illustration--Marking" src="images/marking.jpg"> + +<p> +Now, in order to make a metallic pen suitable for writing it is +necessary to consider some means of producing elasticity, and also to +devise some method by which the smooth steel shall cause the ink to +attach itself to the pen. This is brought about by the next process— +<i>piercing.</i> In this operation the tools are of a very delicate +character, and as the center pierce (the aperture in which the slit +terminates) is frequently of an ornamental design the tools, being +small, have to be made with great precision. The piercing punch and +bed having been fixed in a screw press, and an ingenious arrangement +of guides fastened thereto, the girl selects a blank from a tray on +her left hand, and, placing it in its proper position by the aid of +the guides, pushes the fly of the press from her, the screw descends, +driving the punch into the bed, and the operation of piercing is +completed. +</p> + +<img alt="illustration--Piercing" src="images/piercing.jpg"> + +<p> +The blanks are still moderately hard, and before they can be made to +take the shape of a pen it is necessary that they should be softened, +which is effected by the process called <i>annealing.</i> The blanks +having been freed from the dust and garbase that has become attached +to them are carefully placed in round iron pots, which are again +inclosed in larger ones and covered over with charcoal dust to prevent +the entrance of gases, and put into the muffle, heated to a dull red, +and then allowed to cool. +</p> + +<p> +The blanks are now soft and pliable, readily taking the various shapes +into which pens are made by the next process, called <i>raising.</i> This +operation is performed by the aid of a punch and die fitted into a +screw-press. The punch is fitted into a contrivance called a false +nose, fixed in the bottom of the screw of the press; and the die or +bed is placed in a cylindrical piece of steel (called a bolster) with +a groove cut for the reception of the die, the bolster being fastened +to the bottom of the press by a screw underneath. The punch and die +being fixed so as to exactly fit each other, the toolmaker places a +small piece of tissue paper between them, takes an impression, +examines it, and proceeds to rectify any inequality in the pressure, +so as to insure perfection in the shape. This being accomplished, the +toolmaker fixes four pieces of steel (called guides) to the bolster in +such positions that the operator is enabled to slide the blank into +the bed, where it is held by the guides till the punch descends, +forces the blank into the bed, and gives the pen its shape. The +article is now narrower than it was in its blank form, and the girl +pushes it through the tools with a small stick held in the hand with +which she works the press handle, while with the other hand she places +another blank in its position in the bed. +</p> + +<img alt="illustration--Raising" src="images/raising.jpg"> + +<p> +The pen is now shaped or raised, but it is still soft, and +consequently another process is necessitated—<i>hardening.</i> This is +effected by placing the pens in thin layers in round pans with lids. +They are placed in the muffle for a period varying from twenty to +thirty minutes, during which time they have acquired a bright red +heat. The workman then withdraws them and empties the contents into a +large bucket immersed in a tank of oil. The bucket is perforated at +the bottom, and being elevated, the oil drains off. The pens are next +placed in a perforated cylinder, which, being set in motion, revolves +and drains off the remainder of the oil. The pens are still greasy, +and as brittle as glass; and in order to free them from the grease +they are again placed in perforated buckets and immersed in a tank of +boiling soda water. After they are freed from the grease the pens are +put into an iron cylinder, which is kept revolving over a charcoal +fire until they are softened or tempered down to the special degree +required. In this process the workman is guided by the color, which +indicates the varying temperature of the metal of which the articles +are made. Brittleness has given place to pliability, but the pens are +black in color and scratch at the point, and to remedy this defect +they are subjected to the next process—<i>scouring.</i> In order to do +this the pens are dipped in a bath of diluted sulphuric acid—called +pickle—which frees the articles from any extraneous substances they +may have acquired in the hardening and tempering processes. This +requires to be done with great care, or the acid would injure the +steel. The pens are then placed in iron barrels with a quantity of +water and small pebbly-looking material. This latter material is +composed of annealing pots broken and ground fine enough to pass +readily through a fine riddle. The barrel being set in motion, the +pens are scoured for periods varying from five to eight hours, and are +placed again in barrels with dry pot for about the same period, after +which they are put into other barrels together with a quantity of dry +sawdust. On being taken out of these barrels the body of the pen has +acquired a bright silver color, and the point has been rounded. +</p> + +<img alt="illustration--Hardening" src="images/hardenin.jpg"> + +<img alt="illustration--Scouring or Barelling" src="images/scouring.jpg"> + +<p> +The article has now the shape and appearance of a finished pen, and +yet it possesses none of its characteristics, and, if tried, will be +found to have no more action than a lead pencil, as it is deficient in +that important part of a writing instrument—the slit. Before being +slit the pen is ground between the centre pierce and the point. This +process is performed by girls, with the aid of what is called a “bob” +or “glazer.” The “bob” is a circular piece of alder wood about ten +and a half inches in diameter and half an inch in width. Round this a +piece of leather is stretched and dressed with emery. A spindle is +driven through the centre, and the two ends placed in sockets. The “bob” is set in motion by means of a leather band, and the girl +holding a pen firmly, with a light touch grinds off a portion of the +surface. +</p> + +<img alt="illustration--Grinding" src="images/grinding.jpg"> + +<img alt="illustration--Slitting Room" align="right" src="images/slitting.jpg"> +<p> +This operation being completed, the last and most important mechanical +operation has to be performed—<i>slitting.</i> The tools with which this +process is effected are two oblong pieces of steel about an inch and a +half long, three-eighths of an inch thick, and an inch and a quarter +wide. These are called the cutters, and upon the preparation and +setting of these the successful issue of the process depends. The +edges of these cutters are equal in delicacy to the cutting edge of a +razor, but the shape is more suggestive of a portion cut from the +thickest part of a large pair of shears. The cutter being fixed in +the press, a pair of guides are screwed on either side, and a small +tool called a table, or rest, being attached to the contrivance called +a bolster, which holds the bottom cutter, the operator takes a pen, +places it on the table, pushes the point up toward the guide, pulls +the handle, the upper cutter descends, meets the lower one, and the +process of slitting is completed. +</p> + +<p> +Now, although this operation completes the mechanical processes of pen +making, the article is by no means finished. If you examine the pen +now you will find that the outer edge of each point is smooth, while +the inside edges which have just been made by the slit are sharp and +scratch. To remove this defect the operation of “barreling” has to be +again resorted to. The pens are again placed in the iron barrels with +pounded pot, kept revolving from five to six hours, and finally +polished in sawdust. +</p> + +<p> +The pens are now of a bright silver-steel color and perfectly smooth, +but as they are required in various tints, they are colored and +afterward varnished to prevent rust. To accomplish the first of these +results the articles are placed in a copper or iron cylinder and kept +revolving over a coke fire until the requisite tint is obtained, the +color depending upon the temperature of the cylinder. If the pens are +intended to be lacquered they are placed in a solution of shellac +dissolved in methylated spirits. The spirit is drained off, and the +pens are placed in wire cylinders and kept revolving until the action +of the air dries the lacquer. They are then scattered upon iron +trays, inserted in an oven, and the heat diffuses the lacquer equally +over the surface of the pens, so that when they have cooled down they +have a glossy appearance, which gives to them an air of finish and +prevents rust. +</p> + +<p> +The pen is now finished as far as manufacturing processes are +concerned, yet before it can be offered to the public it has to +undergo a rigid examination called <i>”looking over.”</i> This is +performed by trained girls, and when the defective ones have been +sorted out the good pens are sent to the finished warehouse to be put +up into boxes. These boxes are of various descriptions, adapted to +suit the markets for which they are intended. In many instances the +labels which form the covers of the boxes are elaborately printed from +first-class designs, and some of them have highly-finished steel +engravings of royal personages and celebrities in the scientific, +literary, musical, and political world. The quantities contained in +these boxes vary with the countries for which they are intended; for +the manufacturers study the wants of their customers, and do not offer +articles counted in dozens to people who reckon by tens. +</p> + +<p> +We have now traced the manufacture of this little article from its +beginning as a plain piece of steel through all its stages until it +has developed into that indispensable requisite of daily life—a pen. +</p> +<br> +<br> +<br> +<a name="perry"></a> +<h3 align="center"> + HISTORY OF THE PERRYIAN<br> + PEN WORKS.<br> +</h3> + +<p> +The firm of Messrs. Perry & Co., London, was founded in the year 1824 +by Mr. James Perry, who carried on business originally in Manchester, +then in London. Mr. James Perry died in the year 1843. Mr. Stephen +Perry, who conducted the business afterward in partnership with Mr. +Hayes and others, died in the year 1873, and was succeeded by his +sons, Messrs. Joseph John and Lewis Henry Perry. The firm of Perry & +Co. was known all over Europe as the house which first introduced to +the commercial world steel pens of a superior quality, and in many +countries steel pens are now known under the general denomination of +<i>”Perry pens.”</i> The first pens were manufactured by Perry & Co. in +London, principally from flattened or ribbon steel wire, and in the +year 1828 Mr. Josiah, afterward Sir Josiah, Mason, <i>then a +manufacturer of steel split rings,</i> produced steel pens so much +superior to the pens made up to that period that Messrs. Perry & Co. +entered into contracts with him for the sole supply of all the pens +they might require; this connection continued up to the time of the +formation of this company. In the meantime, Messrs. Perry & Co. had +also introduced the sale of elastic bands and pencil cases; the +production of the latter was confided to Mr. W.E. Wiley, who, in the +year 1850, began the manufacture first of gold pens, afterward of +pencil cases. Messrs. Perry & Co. also contracted with Mr. Wiley for +the purchase of all the pencil cases they might dispose of, and thus +Mr. Wiley's works assumed gigantic proportions. Mr. Alfred +Sommerville, who had been connected with the steel-pen trade since its +infancy, established the firm of A. Sommerville & Co. in the year +1851. Although he, in the year 1857, began manufacturing steel pens in +connection with a partner, he likewise contracted with Mr. Josiah +Mason for a superior class of steel pens, principally intended for the +Continental markets, and many of which were either his own invention +or suggested by him. Mr. Sommerville desiring to retire from +business, Sir Josiah Mason purchased his trade in the year 1870, but +continued to carry it on under the old style of A. Sommerville & Co. +These four businesses being so intimately connected and dependent upon +each other, some gentlemen of eminence in the manufacturing town of +Birmingham decided, in conjunction with some of the leading +proprietors, to establish a limited company, for the purpose of +uniting and amalgamating inseparably the various establishments, and +thus the company of <i>”Perry & Co., Limited,”</i> was formed. +</p> + +<img alt="illustration--The Late Sir Josiah Mason" src="images/mason.jpg"> + +<p> +On the spot forming the principal entrance to the works, Mr. Samuel +Harrison, in the year 1778, founded a manufactory in which he carried +on his invention of steel split rings; but Mr. Harrison, who was an +ingenious mechanic, also manufactured mathematical instruments, some +of which were used by Dr. Priestley in his researches, and on one +occasion he made a steel pen for Dr. Priestley, probably the first +steel pen ever produced. Mr. Josiah Mason succeeded to the business +of Mr. Harrison in 1823, and in 1828 began the manufacture of steel +pens. For several years he gave his whole attention to improvements +in the manufacture of steel pens, and Mr. Perry took out several most +important patents for the improvement of steel pens, many of which +have not been surpassed in ingenuity or in utility, and the principal +among them, the so-called “double patent,” is universally applied by +the pen trade to a great number of pens to this very day. In 1842 Mr. +Mason's attention was absorbed by the process of electroplating and +gilding, at that time invented and carried on by Mr. Elkington, in +partnership with whom he founded the great firm of Elkington, Mason & +Co. For some years the production of pens flagged, but in 1852 a +nephew of Sir Josiah Mason, Mr. Isaac Smith (deceased in 1868), gave a +new stimulus to the manufacture of pens, and from that time the +production gradually increased until it assumed its present +proportions. The manufactory now covers nearly two acres; it occupies +a whole square and fronts four streets. In the building fronting +Lancaster Street (five stories high) the offices, warehouses and +storerooms of finished goods are distributed. The underground floor +forms a huge machine shop, in which all the presses, rolls, and +general iron and machine work employed throughout the manufactory are +produced by skillful mechanics. Behind the front building there are +several courtyards and quadrangles, in the largest of which are placed +in a row five double-flue boilers, each 20 feet long by 7 feet +diameter, working at a pressure of more than 55 lb. to the square +inch, supplying the steam power both for propelling the steam engines +and for heating the manufactory. In the rolling mill, measuing 64 by +38 feet, three double-cylinder engines, working up to 293 indicated +horsepower, give motion to 18 pairs of rolls, rolling four to six +tons of steel per week. The largest workshops are the slitting and +grinding rooms, 64 by 38 feet, the latter 24 feet high. In the +slitting room 90 girls apply the last mechanical process to the +manufacture of steel pens, in slitting them by presses of ingenious +construction. In the grinding room more than 160 girls are busily +employed cross and straight grinding steel pens on wood cylinders +covered with emery. The room in which the finished pens are placed in +boxes measures 54 by 30 feet, and in it alone are employed 50 girls +boxing and labeling steel pens, or fitting penholder tips on handles +of various materials, principally of cedar. In that part of the +building having a frontage on Corporation Street there is a dining +room 86 feet 6 inches long by 68 feet wide, fitted up with tables to +accommodate 600 people. Here the employees are served with a warm +dinner at prices varying from 2d. to 6d. At one end of the room there +is a stage, where dramatic entertainments and concerts are given in +the winter season by the workpeople. At the other end there is a +library, in a glazed partition, containing about 2,000 volumes of +standard works. These books are issued to the hands employed by the +firm free. One of the important features of this manufactory is the +employment of muffles heated by gas produced from Siemens's gas +generators. These muffles allow the heat to be regulated to a nicety, +and enable the company to carry on the process of annealing and +hardening to very great perfection. +</p> + +<img alt="illustration--The Birmingham Factory" src="images/factory.jpg"> + +<p> +The manufacture of steel pens employs in all about 900 workpeople, the +weekly production is 45,000 gross, which quantity will shortly be +increased to 50,000 gross, per week. Six smaller steam engines are +employed independently of those already mentioned in various parts of +the works. The manufacture of penholder sticks is carried on in two +separate buildings. Penholder sticks were produced by Mr. Mason as +far back as 1835, but their manufacture had lapsed; it was only +resumed eight years ago, since which time, by new and ingenious machinery, principally the inventions of Mr. W. E. Wiley, the managing +director, it has assumed proportions of great magnitude. +</p> + +<p> +The pencil case and solitaire works carried on by Mr. Wiley, first +alone, and then in co-partnership with his son in Graham Street, have +now been transferred to Lancaster Street. +</p> + +<p> +Pencil cases, first introduced by Messrs. Mordan & Lund, in London, +have undergone various changes and improvements, the principal of +which was a lead holder passing through the point of the pencil case, +which was slit for that purpose. This invention was patented by Mr. +Wiley in the year 1857, and created a complete revolution in the +pencil-case trade, as it enabled the manufacturers to use a thicker +and longer lead, which could be propelled and withdrawn at will and +would last in daily use more than six months. This patented mechanism +was introduced into cases made from hard wood, bone and ivory, but +since the year 1868 a composition called aluminium gold, so resembling +gold that it cannot be distinguished from it, and resisting the +effects of oxidation, consequently free from tarnish, made a further +revolution in the pencil-case trade, enabling the million to possess +an elegant and highly-wrought pencil case at a very moderate price. +Messrs. Perry & Co., of London, gave to this manufacture publicity in +every part of Europe, and the quantities produced and sold are +incredible. +</p> + +<img alt="illustration--The Late W.S. Perry" src="images/perry.jpg"> + +<p> +In 1874 a new patent was added to the many inventions for which this +establishment was famous. Its purpose was to produce a solitaire stud +made in two parts, so as to enable its ready application without the +trouble of passing a button of large diameter through a small +buttonhole. A self-acting steel spring is fixed in the upper part of +the stud, and snaps as soon as inserted into the lower part, where a +slight pressure on two projections releases the springs and permits +the separation of the two parts. These solitaires are manufactured of +gold, silver, and a variety of other metals, the principal of which is +gold plate. There are now more than five hundred patterns in +existence, and this useful manufacture grows daily in extension. +Perry & Co.'s paper binders, an article now universally used for +fastening together loose papers, cloth patterns, etc., are produced in +infinite styles and sizes, principally by self-acting machinery. +</p> + +<p> +The total number of workpeople employed in the company's manufactories +exceeds 1,300. +</p> + +<img alt="illustration--London House, Holborn Viaduct" align="right" src="images/store.jpg"> +<p> +The business of Perry & Co. was carried on for more than forty years +at 37 Red Lion Square, London, but the increase of business and the +reconstruction of London required that a more central position should +be found for the development of the commercial department of the +company. Large and handsome warehouses having been constructed on the +Holborn Viaduct, the company transferred their London depot to a +building five stories high on the side fronting the Holborn Viaduct +and eight stories high at the back. In this immense warehouse are +stored not only the produce of the manufactories of this company, but +also special articles for which this firm has been famous for the last +thirty years, principally the elastic or endless bands, patented by +Mr. Daft and Mr. Stephen Perry, and originally introduced by Perry & +Co. in conjunction with McIntosh & Co., afterward in conjunction with +Warne & Co. Perry's Royal Aromatic Bands are now an indispensable +article, and may be procured in every city of the world. Every +fancy article required by stationers can be found in these vast +stores. An illustrated price current which appears monthly, and which +numbers more than 120 pages, gives fair idea of the variety of +articles of which samples and stock can be found ready for daily +delivery. The increase of business has been so rapid that the company +found it necessary to lease the adjoining premises, which is stored +with some of the two thousand articles forming the staple trade of the +London depot, and the principal of which are the following: American +Letter Files, Clips (now manufactured in Lancaster Street), Marking +and other Inks, Aromatic Bands, Audascript Pens, Bostonite Goods, +Cigar Lighters, Copying Ink and Copying Ink Powder, Copying Ink +Pencils, Copying Presses, Corrugated Imperial Bands, Essence of Ink, +Grease Extractors, India Rubber for Erasing, Ink and Pencil Erasers, +Ink Extractors, Patent and other Inkstands in every variety, Key +Rings, Letter Clips, Letter Files, Metallic Books, Paper Binders, +Pencil Point Protectors, Pencils and Pencil Cases, Penholders, Pen +Knives, Pen Racks, Gold Pens, Portfolios, Presses, Scotch Tartan Fancy +Goods, Solitaires or Sleeve Links, etc., etc., etc. +</p> + +<p> +This establishment is under the exclusive management of Mr. Joseph J. +Perry, managing director. +</p> + +<p> +<i>[The illustrations in this work are engraved from pen-and-ink +sketches executed by Walter Langley with a Perry's No. 25 pen.]</i> +</p> + +<img alt="illustration--Advertisement for Perry's Steel Pens" src="images/ad1.jpg"> +<img alt="illustration--2nd Page of Advertisement for Perry's Steel Pens" src="images/ad2.jpg"> +<img alt="illustration--3d Page of Advertisement for Perry's Steel Pens" src="images/ad3.jpg"> +<br> +<br> +<br> +<h3 align="center"> THE PENS <br> +OF THE FUTURE</h3> +<hr> +<img alt="illustration--Logo for Perry's Planished Pointed Pens" src="images/ad4.jpg"> +<hr> +<p> +THIS NOVELTY (PROTECTED BY LETTERS PATTENT)EMBODIES AN IMPROVEMENT WHICH BIDS FAIR +TO MAKE PENS MANUFACTURED ON THIS PRINCIPLE THE WRITING INSTRUMENTS OF THE FUTURE. +BY A PECULIAR PROCESS THAT PORTION OF THE POINT WHICH COMES IN CONTACT WITH THE +PAPER IS SHAPED OUT OF THE THICKNESS OF THE METAL INTO A ROUNDED FORM, WHICH ENABLES +THE WRITER TO GLIDE OVER THE ROUGHEST PAPER WITH EASE AND RAPIDITY. +</p> +<h4 align="center">SOLD RETAIL BY ALL STATIONERS</h4> +<h3 align="center">Wholesale—Perry & Co., L'd, London</h3> +<h5 align="center">SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES</h5> +<h3 align="center">Ivison, Blakeman & Company, New York</h3> + + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Story of the Invention of Steel +Pens, by Henry Bore + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORY OF INVENTION OF STEEL PENS *** + +***** This file should be named 9954-h.htm or 9954-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/9/9/5/9954/ + +Produced by an anonymous Project Gutenberg volunteer. + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/9954-h/images/ad1.jpg b/9954-h/images/ad1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8ce529b --- /dev/null +++ b/9954-h/images/ad1.jpg diff --git a/9954-h/images/ad2.jpg b/9954-h/images/ad2.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4e60228 --- /dev/null +++ b/9954-h/images/ad2.jpg diff --git a/9954-h/images/ad3.jpg b/9954-h/images/ad3.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..91a5e0d --- /dev/null +++ b/9954-h/images/ad3.jpg diff --git a/9954-h/images/ad4.jpg b/9954-h/images/ad4.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2260fd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/9954-h/images/ad4.jpg diff --git a/9954-h/images/cutting.jpg b/9954-h/images/cutting.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1fa82dc --- /dev/null +++ b/9954-h/images/cutting.jpg diff --git a/9954-h/images/factory.jpg b/9954-h/images/factory.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5c6232d --- /dev/null +++ b/9954-h/images/factory.jpg diff --git a/9954-h/images/grinding.jpg b/9954-h/images/grinding.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e63801e --- /dev/null +++ b/9954-h/images/grinding.jpg diff --git a/9954-h/images/hardenin.jpg b/9954-h/images/hardenin.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..79a5160 --- /dev/null +++ b/9954-h/images/hardenin.jpg diff --git a/9954-h/images/marking.jpg b/9954-h/images/marking.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..680da84 --- /dev/null +++ b/9954-h/images/marking.jpg diff --git a/9954-h/images/mason.jpg b/9954-h/images/mason.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..959173b --- /dev/null +++ b/9954-h/images/mason.jpg diff --git a/9954-h/images/perry.jpg b/9954-h/images/perry.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4ac78f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/9954-h/images/perry.jpg diff --git a/9954-h/images/piercing.jpg b/9954-h/images/piercing.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f19904 --- /dev/null +++ b/9954-h/images/piercing.jpg diff --git a/9954-h/images/raising.jpg b/9954-h/images/raising.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e2cd165 --- /dev/null +++ b/9954-h/images/raising.jpg diff --git a/9954-h/images/rolling.jpg b/9954-h/images/rolling.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d0e8477 --- /dev/null +++ b/9954-h/images/rolling.jpg diff --git a/9954-h/images/scouring.jpg b/9954-h/images/scouring.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c2bb37c --- /dev/null +++ b/9954-h/images/scouring.jpg diff --git a/9954-h/images/slitting.jpg b/9954-h/images/slitting.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ebbfd48 --- /dev/null +++ b/9954-h/images/slitting.jpg diff --git a/9954-h/images/store.jpg b/9954-h/images/store.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7516a12 --- /dev/null +++ b/9954-h/images/store.jpg diff --git a/9954.txt b/9954.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..960d4c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/9954.txt @@ -0,0 +1,2043 @@ +Project Gutenberg's The Story of the Invention of Steel Pens, by Henry Bore + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Story of the Invention of Steel Pens + With a Description of the Manufacturing Process by Which + They Are Produced + +Author: Henry Bore + +Posting Date: November 5, 2011 [EBook #9954] +Release Date: February, 2006 +First Posted: November 4, 2003 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORY OF INVENTION OF STEEL PENS *** + + + + +Produced by an anonymous Project Gutenberg volunteer. + + + + + + + + + + + + THE STORY + OF THE INVENTION + OF STEEL PENS + + WITH A DESCRIPTION OF + THE MANUFACTURING PROCESS BY + WHICH THEY ARE PRODUCED + + BY HENRY BORE + LONDON + + + 1890 + +In these days of Public Schools and extended facilities for popular +education it would be difficult to find many people unaccustomed to +the use of steel pens, but although the manufacture of this article by +presses and tools must have been introduced during the first quarter +of the present century, the inquirer after knowledge would scarcely +find a dozen persons who could give any definite information as to +when, where, and by whom this invention was made. Less than two +decades ago there were three men living who could have answered this +question, but two of them passed away without making any sign, and the +third--Sir Josiah Mason--has left on record that his friend and +patron--Mr. Samuel Harrison--about the year 1780, made a steel pen +for Dr. Priestley. + +This interesting fact does not contribute anything toward solving the +question, Who was the first manufacturer of steel pens by mechanical +appliances? In the absence of any definite information, the balance +of testimony tends to prove that steel pens were first made by tools, +worked by a screw press, about the beginning of the third decade of +the present century, and the names associated with their manufacture +were John Mitchell, Joseph Gillott, and Josiah Mason, each, in his own +way, doing something toward perfecting the manufacture by mechanical +means. + +The earliest references to pens are probably those in the Bible, and +are to be found in Judges v. 14, 1st Kings xxi. 8, Job xix. 24, Psalm +xlv. 1., Isaiah viii. 1, Jeremiah viii. 8 and xvii. 1. But these +chiefly refer to the iron stylus, though the first in Jeremiah--taken +in reference to the mention of a penknife, xxxvi. 23--would seem to +imply that a reed was in use at that period. + +There is a reference to "pen and ink" in the 3d Epistle of John xiii. +5, which was written about A.D. 85, and as pens made in brass and +silver were used in the Greek and Roman Empires at that time, it is +probable that a metallic pen or reed was alluded to. + +Pens and reeds made in the precious metals and bronze appear to have +been in use at the commencement of the present era. The following are +a few notable instances: + +"The Queen of Hungary, in the year 1540, had a silver pen bestowed +upon her, which had this inscription upon it: _'Publii Ovidii +Calamus,'_ found under the ruins of some monument in that country, as +Mr. Sands, in the Life of Ovid (prefixed to his Metamorphosis) +relates. --_"Humane Industry; or, a History of Mechanical Arts," by +Thos. Powell, D.D.: London, 1661, page 61._" + +This was probably a silver reed, and, from the locality in which it +was found, was once the property of the poet Ovid. Publius Ovidius +Naso was born in the year 43 B.C., and died 18 A.D. He was exiled at +the age of 30 to Tomi, a town south of the delta of the Danube. This +at present is in modern Bulgaria, but at the period mentioned was in +the ancient kingdom of Hungary. + +From "Notes and Queries," in Birmingham _Weekly Post_, we take the +following: + +"EARLY METALLIC PENS.---Metallic pens are generally supposed to have +been unknown before the early part of the last century, when gold and +silver pens are occasionally referred to as novel luxuries. I have, +however, recently found a description and an engraving of one found in +excavating Pompeii, and which is now preserved in the Museum at +Naples. It is described in the quarto volume 'Les Monuments du Musee +National de Naples, graves sur cuivre par les meillures artistes +Italienes. Texte par Domenico Monaco, Conservateur du meme Musee, +Naples, 1882,' and is in the Catalogue: + +"' Plate I26 (v) Plume en bronze, taillee parfaitement a la facon de +nos plumes 0.13 cent. + +"' Plate I26 (y) Plume en roseau [reed] trouvee pres d'un papyrus a +Herculaneum.' + +"The former (v) is engraved to look like an ordinary reed pen, as now +used universally in the East; and the other (y) has a spear shape, or +almond shape (like many modern metallic pens), but with a sort of +fillet or ring on the stem, which indicates that the 'y' example is +not a reed, but a metallic stylus, or pen, while the 'v' example is +shown clearly as a 'reed.' The two are, however, certainly older than +A.D. 79, when Pompeii and Herculaneum were buried by the eruption of +Vesuvius." + +According to Father Montfaucon, the patriarchs of Constantinople, +under the Greek Empire, were accustomed to sign their allocutions with +tubular pens of silver, similar in shape to the reed pens which are +still used by Oriental nations. + +The following are translated from the French "Notes and Queries "-- +L'Intermediare:_ + +"A METALLIC PEN IN THE FOURTEENTH CENTURY.--M. Reni de Bellwal, in a +very learned volume which he has published recently, on the first +campaign of Edward III. in France, says (p. 95) with respect to the +fictitious pieces (documents) fabricated by Robert d'Artois, that a +clerk of Jeanne wrote the deeds, and made use of a bronze pen to +enable him the better to disguise his writing. This plainly refers to +a pen, and not to a stylus. Is there any record of the use of +metallic pens at any period anterior to the fourteenth century? It is +very satisfactory, however, to establish (as the French used to say) +_'les preuves de 1300.'"--L'Intermediare. + +In the _Vieux-Neuf_ of M. Ed. Fournier (vol. ii., p. 22, note) there +is mentioned--according to the documents used in the prosecution of +Robert d'Artois, which are in the Archives--'the bronze pen' with +which the forgers in the pay of the count wrote the false papers which +he required. M. Fournier also quotes from 'Montfaucon' 'the silver +reeds' with which the Constantinople patriarchs used to write their +letters."--CUTHBERT, _L'Intermediare,_ 1st June, 1864. + +"METALLIC PENS (XV., 68).-Writing was done in the Middle Ages +sometimes with a metal _stylus,_ or perhaps with a metal pen; with the +former on wax, and with the pen on parchment or vellum. 'At Trinity +College, Cambridge, is a manuscript illustration of Eadwine, a monk of +Canterbury, and at the end the writer is represented with a metal pen +in his hand.' (See Bibliomania in the Middle Ages, p. 103). I have +in my possession a metal pen of Dutch manufacture, dating certainly +from the year 1717, mounted on the same pencilholder, with a piece of +solid plumbago, in a memorandum book of the same year."--SAM: TIMMINS. + +"Mr. Le Chauvine Gal, Prior of the collegiate of St. Peter and St. +Bars at Aosta, had in his collection of Roman antiquities a bronze +pen, slit, found in a tomb, among a number of lamps and lachrymatory +vases. M. Aubert has given a drawing and description of it in a work +on Aosta. It was subsequently stolen from him by a collector."--- +CHAMBERY, Un Savoyard, _L'Intermediare,_ 25th May, 1868. + +"METALLIC PENS,--In a precious volume (an account of the books of the +Decretalia) preserved in the library of Saint Antoine, of Padua, the +following notice is to be found at the bottom of the last page: 'This +work is fashioned and by diligence finished for the service of God, +not with ink of quill nor with brazen reed, but with a certain +invention of printing or reproducing by John Fust, citizen of Mayence, +and Peter Schoeiffer, of Gernsheim, Dec. 17th, 1465, A.D.' Here, +then, we have a document proving the existence of metallic pens in the +Middle Ages. But has any such pen come down to us? If so, could a +detailed description of it be obtained? On the other hand, I am +curious to know if it is possible that platinum was used in the +eighteenth century in the manufacture of pens, or whether it is +necessary to attribute a peculiar meaning to the 'platinum pen' in the +following passage of the system of shorthand by Bertin (edit. of the +year iv., p. 93) (1793). 'Those of steel and platinum are most +convenient; these latter have the advantage of all others, in that +they hold the ink a long time, and run over the paper easily, and are +not liable to corrosion by any simple acid.' I am ignorant of what +the same author means when he mentions the endless pen, which would +certainly be the best. "'--J. CAMUS, _L'Intermediare._ + +"Metallic pens were used before the fifteenth century; they were in +use at the court of Augustus." See _L'Intermed._ (I. 69, 94, 141; II. +319.) Consult also _Le Vieux-Neuf_ Ed. Fournier.--A.D. + +The following extracts show there have been several claimants, on the +Continent, who profess to have invented metallic pens, made from +steel, in the early part of the eighteenth century; but the reader had +better suspend his judgment until he has read the notes that follow +them: + +"A manuscript, entitled 'Historical Chronicle of Aix-la-Chapelle, +second book, 1748,' places on record the claims of Johann Janssen, a +magistrate of that place, as the inventor of steel pens. 'Just at the +meeting of the congress [after the Austrian war] I may without boasting, +claim the honour of having invented a new pen. It is, perhaps, +not an accident that God should have inspired me at the present time +with the idea of making steel pens, for all the envoys here assembled +have bought the first that have been made; therewith, as may be hoped, +to sign a treaty of peace, which, with God's blessing, shall be as +permanent as the hard steel with which it is written. Of these pens, +as I have invented them, no man hath before seen or heard. If kept +clean and free from rust and ink, they will continue fit for use for +many years. Indeed, a man may write twenty reams of paper with one, +and the last line would be written as well as the first. They are now +sent into every corner of the world as a rare thing--to Spain, France, +England and Holland. Others will no doubt make imitations of my pens, +but I am the man who first invented and made them. I have sold a +great number of them at home and abroad at 1s. each, and I dispose of +them as quickly as I can make them."' + +In an article on Writing Instruments, which appeared in the Berlin +_Paper Zeitung,_ on the 19th of May, 1887, the author says: + +"A school teacher of Koningberg, named Burger, in the year 1808, made +pens from metal, but he got poor by his trials. After this time, and +probably imitating the pens of Burger, the English began to take in +hand the manufacture of pens; _especially Perry,_ he having perfected +the pens, as he did not restrict himself to the simple straight slit, +but he made cuts in the sides of different kinds." + +In a pamphlet upon the manufacture of steel pens, published in Paris, +in 1884, the writer says: + +"The invention of the metallic pen is due to a French mechanic-- +Arnoux--who lived in the eighteenth century, who made as far back as +1750 a number of metallic pens as a curiosity. This invention did not +have any immediate result in France but spread to England, and became +in Birmingham, about 1830, a very prosperous industry. A very curious +fact about this trade is that, in England, it does not exist out of +Birmingham, where there are about ten manufactories. In France it has +become localized in Boulogne." + +There is also the "nameless Sheffield Artisan," who so frequently +figures in newspaper paragraphs as the inventor of steel pens; and +William Gadsby, a mathematical instrument maker, who for his own use +constructed a clumsy article from the mainspring of a watch; but it is +not till the beginning of the eighteenth century that we get anything +authentic respecting the making of metallic pens. "Este," writing in +"Local Notes and Queries" _(Birmingham Weekly Post)_ mentions a +remarkable little volume supplied to the members of the States General +of Holland, in the possession of Mr. W. Bragge, of Sheffield, dated +1717. It contained a silver pencil case, in two parts, one holding a +piece of plumbago, mounted like a crayon, and the other a _metallic +pen._ We have seen this unique book (now the property of Mr. Sam: +Timmins). The pen is of the barrel shape, apparently silver, and it +must be regarded as the earliest authentic metallic pen. Of the date +there can be no doubt, as the pen is made to pass through loops in the +cover of the volume to keep it closed, after the manner of pocket +books, and the book bears the date, printed on the title page, 1717. + +Pope, about the same time, received from Lady Frances Shirley a +present of a standish, containing a STEEL and a gold pen. In +acknowledging the receipt of this present, the poet wrote an ode, in +which the following lines occur: + + "Take at this hand celestial arms; + Secure the radiant weapons wield; + This _golden_ lance shall guard desert, + And, if a vice dares keep the field, + This _steel_ shall stab it to the heart. + Awed, on my bended knees I fell, + Received the weapons of the sky, + And dipped them in the sable well-- + The fount of fame or infamy. + What well? What weapon? Flavia cries, + A standish, _steel and golden pen!_ + It came from _Bertrand's,_* not the skies, + I gave it you to write again." + +*_Bertrand_ kept a fancy shop in Bath. He died in 1755. His wife is +mentioned by Horace Walpole, in his letter to George Montague, May +18th, 1749, which letter is printed in his Correspondence. + +In No. 503 of the _Spectator,_ bearing the date of October 7, 1712, +Steele, mentioning the conspicuous manner in which a certain lady +conducted herself in church, says: + +"For she fixed her eyes upon the preacher, and as he said anything she +approved, with one of Charles Mather's fine tablets, she set down the +sentence, at once showing her fine hand, the _gold pen,_ her readiness +in writing, and her judgments in choosing what to write." + +Edmund Waller, about the middle of the seventeenth century, +acknowledged the receipt of a _silver pen_ from a lady, in the +following verses: + + "Madam! intending to have try'd, + The silver favour which you gave, + In ink the shining point I dy'd, + And drench'd it in the sable wave + When, grieved to be so foully stained, + On you it thus to me complained. + + So I, the wronged pen to please, + Made it my humble thanks express + Unto your Ladyship, in these, + And now 'tis forced to confess + That your great self did ne'er indite + Nor that to me more noble write." + +Mr. G. A. Lomas, writing to the _Scientific American,_ November 23, +1878, says: + +"I write to inquire if you can give me information concerning the +manufacture of metal pens in this country. I may be vain in the +supposition, but I am persuaded that my people--the Shakers--were the +originators of metal pens. I write this to you with a silver pen, one +slit, that was made in the vear 1819, at this village, by the Shakers. +Two or three years previously to the use of silver pens, our people +used brass plates for their manufacture, but soon found silver +preferable. Some people sold these pens in the year 1819, at this +village, for twenty-five cents, and disposed of all that could be +made." + +The writer further says the metal was made from silver coins. + +This communication called forth the following from another +correspondent: + +"The letter in the _Scientific American,_ November 23, 1878, with +regard to the early manufacture of steel pens, reminds me of the +following note which appeared in the _Boston Mechanic,_ for August, 1835. +'The inventor of steel pens,' says the _Journal of Commerce,_ was an +American and a well-known resident of our city (New York), Mr. Peregrine +Williamson. In the year 1800, Mr.W., then a working jeweler, at +Baltimore, while attending an evening school, finding some difficulty +in making a quill pen to suit him, made one of steel. It would not +write well, however, for want of flexibility. After a while he made +an additional slit on each side of the main one, and the pens were so +much improved that Mr. W. was called to make them in such numbers as +to eventually occupy his whole time, and that of a journeyman. At +first the business was very profitable and enabled Mr. W. to realize +for the labor of himself and journeyman a clear profit of six hundred +dollars per month. The English soon borrowed the invention, and some +who first engaged in the business realized immense fortunes."' + +We do not know how much reliance may be placed upon this statement, +but, if the last assertion "that those who first engaged in the +business realized immense fortunes" may be taken as a test, the whole +must be received with a grain of salt. The letter appeared in the +_Boston Mechanic,_ in 1835, and at that date there were penmakers who +had made a modest competence, but in no case were they possessed of +immense fortunes. + +In London _Notes and Queries,_ the following appears respecting early +steel pens: + +"THE FIRST STEEL PEN.--(5th S., iii., 395.) Ten years before Dr. +Priestley was born steel pens were in use. There are references to +them in the Diary of John Byrom, who required them when writing +short-hand. In a letter to his sister Phoebe, dated August, 1723, he +mentions them as follows: 'Alas! alas! I cannot meet with a steel pen, +no manner of where I believe I have asked at 375 places, but that +which I have is at your service, as the owner himself always is."' +(Remains, Vol. i., 39.) + +Mr. Ralph N. James, writing to _Notes and Queries,_ gives the +following extract from the very amusing "journey to Paris," by Dr. +Martin Lister, 1698: + +"There was one thing very curious, and that was a _Writing lnstrument_ +of thick and strong silver wire, bound up like a hollow button or +screw, with both ends pointing one way, and at a distance, so that a +man might easily put his forefinger betwixt the two points, and the +point divided in two, just like _our steel pens."_--_London Notes and +Queries,_ vol. iii., page 346. + +This note caused another writer, Mr. C.A. Ward, to send the following: + +"STEEL PENS.--The extract given from Dr. M. Lister's, by Mr. Ralph N. +James, is very interesting. The doctor there speaks of _'our steel +pens,'_ as if they were not at all uncommon. When the poet +Churchill's effects were sold up, after his death, Nov. 10, 1764, they +fetched extravagant prices; 'a common steel pen' brought L.5." +--_London Notes and Queries,_ vol iii., page 474. + +The following extract from _London Notes and Queries_ gives very +plausible reasons against placing confidence in the preceding and +other notices of ancient steel pens: + +"STEEL PENS. (5th S., vol. iii., pp. 346, 474.) May I ask whether, in +giving the interesting references to the use of _steel pens_ before +the time of Priestley (one reference even going so far back as the +seventeenth century) your correspondents have carefully considered +what is meant by the terms. For my own part (of course I maybe quite +wrong) I should naturally have anticipated _steel pens_ in these +references to mean not the modern steel nib for ordinary penmanship, +but the ancient steel pen for drawing lines or ruling circles, such as +is contained in every box of mathematical instruments. This would +explain (to some extent) the great price fetched for a good one of +Churchill's; a mere old steel nib would scarcely enter into a sale at +all. It would explain, too, why a special process of hardening should +be applied to a quill, in order to make it do duty for the steel +instrument. One would scarcely think of hardening a quill in order to +enable it to compete with a steel nib in some of the least desirable +qualities, though one often wishes one could accomplish the reverse +process, and soften or supple a steel 'stick frog,' so as to give it +the elasticity of the grey goose quill. "--V. H. I. L. L. C. IV. (iv., +37, 5th S., _London Notes and Queries._) + +Mr. R. Prosser, author of "Birmingham Inventors and Inventions," in +writing to the compiler of this work, says: + +"It has often occurred to me that some of the very early references to +metallic pens may perhaps mean the draughtsman's 'ruling pen,' and not +an instrument made after the fashion of a quill pen with a slit in it. +That it is possible to write with such an instrument this paragraph +will show, but I must admit that it is not equal to one of Perry's +J's." + +From an entry in "Pepys' Diary," October 24, 1660, _drawing pens_ +appear to have been in use in London, at the time of the Restoration: + +"To Mr. Lilly's, where, not finding Mr. Spong, I went to Mr. +Greatorex, where I met him, and where I bought a _drawing pen._" + +In London _Notes and Queries_ (4th S., xi., 440), the Rev. E. +Smedley, editor of the _Encyclopoedia Metropolitana,_ writing to his +friend, Mr. H. Hawkins, April 10, 1833, says: + +"The process of nibbing and shaving is one which I always abominated, +and for years past I have taken refuge under the _Perryian_ pens. The +one with which I now write has been in use daily, and all day long, +for more than a fortnight, and I consider that it still owes me quite +as much worth as it has already furnished. Every packet contains nine +pens, and on an average two out of that number fail to suit my hand, +but the remaining seven are faithful servants, and their price is 2s." + +In _London Notes and Queries_ (4th S., xii., 57) a writer says: + +"I bought my first steel pen from Bramah, Piccadilly, in 1825. The +price was 1s. 6d. It was very thick and hard, with very little +elasticity. In 1829 I read advertised in the _Times,_ steel pens, +with holder, 3s. per dozen, at Kendal's, in Holborn. They were hand +made, and much easier to write with than Bramah's. Soon after the +price fell, and steel pens became common." + +In _London Notes and Queries (4th S., x., 309), October 19, 1872, Mr. +William Bates, speaking of a visit he paid to an old lady, at Studley +(Worcestershire) about 1825, says that he saw an exquisitely-finished +inkstand of pure gold, the gift of one of the Earls of Plymouth to her +father, 100 years before. The inkstand was provided with a jointed +gold penholder, terminating in a barrel (one slit) pen, resembling the +metallic pen of the present day, except that he found that it would +not write. + +In "Local Notes and Queries," published in the _Birmingham Journal and +Weekly Post,_ there have appeared a number of contributions relating +to the early manufacture of steel pens. We reproduce them here. A +correspondent writing on June 22, 1869, says: "Daniel Fellows, of +Sedgley, made steel pens about 1800." + +Another writer, on the same date, says, "The first makers of steel +pens were John Edwards, Hill Street, and Francis Heeley, Mount Street, +Birmingham." + +Respecting, the former of these, in _Wrightson's Birmingham Directory, +1823, the following advertisement appears: "John Edwards, manufacturer +of improved gold, silver, and _elastic sleel pens,_ mounted in all +kinds of cases, and desk handles, No. 40 Hill Street. N.B.--The pens +are warranted to write exceedingly fine and free." + +This advertisement contained engravings of a barrel and "nibbed" or +"slip" pen. + +J. Sargent, writing from Tettenhall, June 28, 1869, says: + +"A journeyman blacksmith, named Fellows, of Sedgley, was the first +originator of steel pens. I resided at Sedgley in 1822, when Sheldon, +Fellows's apprentice, made some of these pens. He made two for me. I +wrote very well with them. Sheldon himself told me that Mr. Gillott +commenced making the pen from seeing some of his (Sheldon's) make." + +Some one writing under the _nom de plume_ of "Un Qui Sait," says: + +"I distinctly recollect, about the year 1806, being at Fellows's home +in Sedgley, and there seeing Thomas Sheldon, his apprentice, making +steel pens. He knew of an entry in his books of pens bought from +Fellows in 1807. He paid Sheldon L.100 in 1822. He believed Fellows +made pens in 1793. Beilby and Knott (Birmingham stationers) sold +these pens in considerable quantities from 1818 to 1828. Sheldon +continued the trade until it was destroyed through inability to +compete with the machine-made pens of Mitchell and Gillott." + +Another writer, "T. S.," says: + +"In 1815, an uncle of mine used to purchase these pens from Sheldon, +of Sedgley. The price was eighteen shillings per dozen, ten per cent. +for cash. They were barrel shape. B. Smith and Co. had in their +pattern book of engravings of steel toys a drawing of one of these +pens, which were sold at thirty shillings per dozen; also one in a +bone handle, the top of which screwed off, for carrying in the pocket, +at thirty-six shillings per dozen." + +Another correspondent, writing on July 24, 1869, mentions (on +authority of the late Mr. Alderman Yates) that an old man named +Spittle made steel pens before any of the present makers. + +In note 319 this man Spittle is mentioned by another writer, who says: + +"A man named Spittle, one of the earliest makers of steel pens, lived +in Chequers' Walk, Bath Row, Birmingham. He made steel pens for sale, +and charged one shilling each for them. They were made with a tube to +fit on a quill. I bought one from him forty-five years ago (1824)." + +"E.W.," writing in 1869, says: + +"In 1821 there was a B. Smith, steel toy maker, St. Paul's [Mary's] +Square, Birmingham. He had a book of engravings of steel toys, among +which were steel pens, made to screw on and off. This pattern book +might have been one hundred years old. I sold his pens in 1823." + +The Editor of "Notes and Queries" says "Smith's pattern book was +probably fifty years old," and further remarks that steel pens must +have been a regular article of manufacture before they appeared in a +steel toy maker's pattern book. + +"C.J.," in note 372, says: + +"The pattern book of John Barnes, Eagle Works, Wolverhampton, contains +engravings of early steel pens." + +Mr. Robert Griffin says: + +"In 1824 I wrote very much with a steel pen made under the direction +of James Perry--a pen that lasted about eight or nine weeks, writing +eight hours a day." + +In note 344, "Anon" says he remembered his father (who had premises in +Water Street, Birmingham), in the summer of 1823, bringing a tall, +quiet, respectable man to the manufactory. He had a piece of iron, or +steel, which he required to be cut up into strips of about two inches +wide. The man said he was going to get the strips rolled to make into +steel pens. He gave the writer of the note sixpence and a barrel pen +for his trouble. In answer to inquiries the writer put to his father, +the latter stated he did not know the man's name nor where he lived, +but "that he met with him in a smoke room, where he (the father) +sometimes spent his evenings." The writer further remarks: "Where the +man had got his ideas from which induced him to try his hand at making +steel pens I do not know, but I have an impression that there were +several experimenters in existence at that time; and very soon +afterward Mr. William (Joseph) Gillott, with whom my father was on +terms of intimacy, came into notice as a maker of steel pens." This +is a very important statement, as it fixes a date respecting pens +being made from sheet steel. + +One of the oldest toolmakers in the trade has informed us that, about +the year 1823 or 1824, he was frequently taken by his father to visit +an uncle named Clulee, who rented power at the Water Street mill. On +these occasions his father and uncle would talk about the visits of +Gillott to the latter, and the hopeful manner in which he spoke of the +experiments he was then making. Gillott rented power at the Water +Street mill, and was engaged in grinding and finishing penknife +blades, which were inserted in one end of a silver pencil case, which +his relative--Mitchell--was then making. + +Now, who was this "tall, quiet, respectable man?" It could not have +been Gillott, as he was not tall and the father of "Anon" knew him; +and Mitchell was also a short man. We have failed to trace him, and +his identity is lost among the "sowers" who failed to reap the harvest +of their inventions. + +Mr. George Wallis, speaking of steel pens, remarks: + +"I wrote with one when a boy (1822 to 1826), having found several in a +stock of old steel waste in the warehouse of a relative, a retired +ornamental steel worker, at Wolverhampton. These pens were made (so I +was told) for the London market, late in the last or early in the +present century. Certainly they were made fifteen or, perhaps, twenty +years, when I found them, as the manufactory in which they had been +produced had been closed the former number of years. They consisted +of a holder of steel, with flutings and facets. One was solid and +tapered to lighten it; the other had a barrel with an internal screw. +The pen had two screws; one was used to screw the pen into the barrel +for use, and the other to secure it when turned inwards as a protection +when not in use, or to carry in the pocket." + +The following letter from Mr. Alderman Manton to Mr. Sam: Timmins +makes us acquainted with another manufacturer of steel pens: + +"THE METAL PENS OF 1823.--In a badly-constructed and unsanitary +manufactory (Mr. James Collins's), at the back of 119 Suffolk Street, +(Birm.), I witnessed the process of making silver and _steel_ pens. +As both metals were manufactured in the same manner, one description +will serve. It will be remembered by a few that at that time there +was a patent silver pencil case somewhat extensively manufactured, +which in addition to the pencil, had a penknife, _pen_ and toothpick +provided. The penknife was supplied by two brothers--_Joseph and +William Gillott_--who at that time rented a small shop in a corner of +the yard belonging to the rolling mill of George and P.F. Muntz, Water +Street, and from whose engine they obtained the small amount of steam +power needed. The process of making the pens was as follows: Two +narrow strips were cut from a sheet of silver or steel; they were then, +by the help of the hammer and a lead cake, or piece of hard wood, +curved. Afterwards the two strips were placed opposite to each other +on a well-polished steel wire, and drawn through a draw-plate, the +wire and plate being supplied by Wm. Billings, a celebrated tool +manufacturer, occupying premises near the top of Snow Hill (Birm.). +By the aid of a press, a small hole was made at a distance of half an +inch or five-eighths from the end, the slit was then made by a fine +saw made of watch springs. A bent pair of shears was used for cutting +the end of strip into the shape of a pen; and a half-round file or +smooth was used for finishing the pen. The pen was then sawn off the +strip by the same saw which was used for slitting the pen. The only +hardening process was the friction of the draw-plate and steel wire. +I not only witnessed the process, but was a manipulator. The cost of +making at that time, by a journeyman, was 2d. each; by an apprentice, +about one-third of that amount. Within less than thirty years of that +time, in a manufactory adjoining my own, pens were made and sold +(wholesale) at 2d. per gross, and a box containing them into the +bargain." _(Signed)_ Henry Manton, September 15, 1886. + +Mr. T. Vary writes that James Perry began making steel pens in +Manchester, and quotes the _Saturday Magazine_ to show that metallic +pens were given by him as rewards of merit in schools as far back as +1819. + +Mr. James Cocker, writing in the _Sheffield Daily Telegraph,_ in 1869, +says: "That he rolled steel wire for James Perry for penmaking in +1829." + +The death of Mr. Gillott seems to have revived the discussion of the +origin of steel pens, and a correspondent in the Sheffield _Daily +Telegraph,_ in the issue of January 11, 1872, in the following letter, +puts forth a claim on behalf of a Sheffield man: + +"The well-written and well-merited memoir of the late Mr. Gillott, the +Birmingham steel pen maker, which has just appeared in the newspapers, +affords a curious and instructive illustration of the success which +not seldom attends the combined action of ingenuity, industry, +shrewdness, and integrity among our labouring classes. Born in the +humblest rank of our local workmen, a steady scholar in our Boys' +Lancasterian School, and apprenticed to a scissors grinder, the deceased +worked his way upwards into a position of influence and opulence as a +manufacturer, which entitled him to take social rank with the merchant +princes of the land. And if his name has long since ceased to be +familiar among his once contemporary workmen in Sheffield, and is not +even mentioned in the Directory, it has for several years past been +recognized and respected by the visitors at the annual exhibitions of +our School of Art, in connection with the many rare and valuable pictures +lent by him on those occasions. The printed _fac-simile_ of the +autograph appeared in the 'advertising columns' of almost every newspaper +in the world, and perhaps, as an expert might have said, was +characteristic. In the admirable account of his life above referred +to stress is laid upon one prominent and praiseworthy feature of his +character, viz., his readiness to acknowledge the obscurity of his +origin and the steps of his industrial success. In those details no +mention is made of his Sheffield master and predecessor in the +ingenious art of steel pen making. And as the notice alluded to is +without dates, it is difficult to furnish information on the material +point of priority, though the fact of supremacy in the trade is clear +enough. In one of the columns of Lardner's Cyclopedia, published in +1833, the names of Perry, Heeley, and Skinner are mentioned as steel +pen makers. With the latter, who if he did not make wealth, certainly +earned a wide reputation for the low price and excellent temper of his +'steel nibs,' Mr. Gillett was a workman, in Nursery Street, Sheffield, +having gone with his master from the scissors grinding stone to the +making of polished steel ornaments for ladies' work, then fashionable. +How much, in what way, or whether at all, he was indebted to his +experience in Mr. Skinner's establishment may be questionable, but +that he learnt and first saw practised in Sheffield the art that +ultimately enriched him in Birmingham, he would probably be the last +to deny. It is well remembered by a worthy dealer in almost every +useful article, from a mouse-trap to a railroad wagon, that Gillott, +soon after his establishment in Birmingham, came into our townsman's +shop, and seeing on the counter a model steam engine of half-horse +power, at once purchased and carried it off to give motion to some +part of his pen machinery. Brass pens were made in Sheffield before +the close of the last century. They mostly accompanied an 'inkpot,' +called from its users an 'exciseman.' The writer of this paragraph +himself made hundreds of dozens of them, which, however, be never +used, nor steel ones either, as long as he could get a 'goose quill,' +good, bad or indifferent. The matter of slitting the nib was kept +secret by Skinner, and the double slit of Gillott more than doubled +the value of his old master's invention; but a 'four-slit' pen, _i.e., +with five points,_ if possible to make, would be useless. The +earliest experimenter in form and material was Perry, flexibility +being the great desideratum; but it is curious to see how world-wide a +currency Gillott's name and trade have given to the simplest shape; +and still more curious to note how the makers of writing ink and paper +have conformed these articles to the requirements of the uses of the +steel pen. It is always gratifying, and not unprofitable, to contrast +the small and feeble beginnings of any manufacturing enterprise with a +large and well-merited success." + +This communication appears to have caused a Mr. William Levesley to +call upon the writer of the preceding epistle, and the following which +appeared in the _Sheffield Daily Telegraph,_ January 30, 1872, was +written: + +"I have to thank you for the insertion of my queries as to the early +connection of Sheffield with steel pen making. In consequence of the +appearance of my letter in the _Telegraph,_ a cutlery manufacturer of +the name of William Levesley, called upon me, and informed me that he +was not only an early associate with the late Mr. Gillott, of +Birmingham, but the first person who made a steel pen out of London. +Stress has been laid upon Gillott's ability 'to forge and grind a +knifeblade.' It is not likely he ever used the hammer on hot steel, +but he was when young, and working with father, accounted an excellent +penknife grinder; Skinner being a scissors grinder, and Levesley a +workboard hand for the same master. A man of the name of Mitchell +having married Gillott's mother, went to Birmingham, and began the +cutlery business, the latter removing thither to grind for his father- +in-law. His brother had also gone thither, and commenced making an +article that had some run, and may be said to have united the +ingenious handicrafts of Birmingham, viz., the insertion of a penknife +blade at the end of a silver pencil case. Meanwhile, about the year +1825, Levesley saw a steel pen, made by Perry, of London, in Ridge's +shop window, in High Street. He bought it for one shilling, and +immediately set about making tools to imitate and improve upon it. He +spent, he said, L.30 in not unsuccessful, though unremunerative, +experiments. The flypress was at least as well known in Sheffield as +in Birmingham, and its power was at once brought into requisition to +work the tools for shaping, bending, and slitting the pens which were +made out of sheet steel, Perry's being made out of thick wire, rolled +flat, by Cocker, in Nursery Street. In 1829, Levesley was making pens +for sale, and that year is said to be the earliest date of actual +sales in Skinner's ledger. In 1831 he was doing a considerable +business in Sheffield, and making experiments upon the article, as +appears from specimens before me bearing his name. Stress has been +laid upon the improvement of the double slit, introduced by Gillott, +but if Levesley's statement is to be taken literally, he was the +inventor of a specialty upon which, even more than on excellence of +material, the merit of a steel pen is found to depend, viz., the +grinding of a small hollow at the back of the nib, and about the +eighth of an inch from the point. My informant described not only the +beneficial action of this thinning of the metal, as well in yielding +the gradual flow of the ink as in flexibility of writing, but the +pleasure with which he took a specimen to Birmingham to show Gillott, +and the surprise of the latter at so great and so beneficial an +effect, provided by so small a cause. He at once adopted an +improvement of which every pen made by him bears evidence; and when +his friend visited him he told him he had fifty women employed in +grinding pen points. It is pleasant to add that Gillott never visited +Sheffield without calling to see his old friend Levesley, while the +latter spoke of his early and later life with respect and +commendation, especially in his domestic relations. It is pleasing to +review a life of such humble beginnings, culminating in opulence and +usefulness like that of the late Joseph Gillott, of Birmingham; nor is +it less to name in connection therewith, as an early experimenter in +steel pen making, our worthy townsman, William Levesley, to whose +ingenious improvement every writer is so much indebted, and of whose +verbal communication to me the foregoing is an imperfect sketch." + +Now, in this statement, there are some dales given, but others are +omitted, and that is a very unfortunate circumstance. Levesley told +the writer of the article in the _Sheffield Daily Telegraph_ that he +made use of the fly press for working tools for shaping, bending, and +slitting pens. If the writer had only given the date of this it would +have been a valuable contribution toward a history of the invention. +The claim of Levesley to having invented the process of grinding pens +and teaching Gillott seems, to say the least, curious, because the +latter was a Sheffield grinder, and the idea would certainly be quite +as likely to occur to Gillott as Levesley. Besides, why did Levesley +communicate the idea to Gillott in preference to Skinner, with whom he +had business relations? The statement that Gillott had fifty girls +employed when Levesley* called upon him on his next visit to +Birmingham looks like a mistake. Fifty girls would grind on an +average seven thousand gross of pens in a week, and as this +correspondence appears to refer to the early part of Gillott's career, +it is scarcely possible that such a number of pens were produced +weekly at that period. Besides, as a matter of fact, boys were, in +the first instance, employed to grind pens. + +* Mr. Sam: Timmins says, "that Levesley told him that Gillott started +in Birmingham as a jobbing cutler; that Mitchell had the secret of pen +making; that Mitchell sent for Gillott to come to Birmingham, and that +he (J.G.) first lived at the top of Water Street; that Gillott began +to make pens in Bread Street; that Perry made pens from flattened +steel wire, the breadth of the pen (the steel was 3s. 6d. per lb., and +drawn at Old Ford); that he had seen cross grinding (at Gillott's) in +Newhall Street, and fifty women at work; and that pens had double +slits and cut holes. Levesley certainly knew all the Gillott family, +personally, in Sheffield, and he (S. T.) had a long interview with him +shortly before his death, when he mentioned all the facts given here." + +Herr Ignaz Nagel, in his "Report on Writing, Drawing, and Painters' +Requisites," at the Vienna Exhibition, 1873, says: + +"From careful inquiries that we made in Birmingham, we learned that a +knife cutler, of Sheffield, was the first man who had the idea of +making pens of steel, and that a tinman of the name of Skipper +[Skinner], of Sheffield, afterwards manufactured the pens in great +quantities. His son developed the idea still further. This, +according to our informant, was fifty years ago. A steel pen artisan, +working in Birmingham, remembers perfectly well reading the +announcement in a window of the High Street, in Sheffield, 1816: +'Steel pens are repaired here at sixpence apiece.' There was a man +named Spittle, in Birmingham, who used to make steel pens by hand. He +was succeeded by the brothers John and William Mitchell, who were +manufacturers of steel pens, wholesale and by machinery, about forty- +five years ago. Perry came afterwards, and took out a patent for the +first steel pens, and after him Gillott, who had learnt the business +with the Mitchells." + +A writer in _Herbert's Encyclopoedia_ published in 1837, says + +"The first decided attempt to introduce metallic pens to general use +was made by Mr. Wise, whose perpetual pens will doubtless be +remembered by many of our readers. The name of Wise was rendered +conspicuous in most of our stationers' shops some twenty-five or thirty +years since, as the original inventor and general manufacturer of the +steel pens." + +We stated at the beginning of this article that of three men-- +Mitchell, Gillott, and Mason--who might have done something toward +fixing the date of the invention of manufacturing pens by the +adaptation of tools worked by the screw press, only one--Mason--made a +statement: + +"The first making of steel pens that I know of was about the year +1780, by my late friend Mr. Harrison, for Dr. Priestley. He took +sheet steel, made a tube of it, and the part joined formed the slit of +the pen. He then filed away the barrel and formed the pen. I found +some of the identical pens amongst other articles and used them for a +long time. + +"The second mode of making pens was by punching a rough blank out of +thin sheet steel. This blank formed the well-known barrel pen. It +was brought into the barrel shape by rounding, but before rounding it +had to be filed into a better form about the nib, and when rounded in +the soft state, a sharp chisel was used to mark the inside of the pen +which became the slit, after hardening. Before tempering, this mark +was 'tabbered' with a small hammer, and it would crack where the +inside mark was made. Then it was tempered and underwent grinding, +and shaping the nib until a point suitable for fine or broad, as +required. + +"I made barrel pens in 1828, and 'slip' pens for Perry in 1829, and +the first lot of 100 at _one time_ was sent November 20, 1830. +Frequently, lots of 20 or 30 gross were sent between 1829 and 1830, and +in 1831 I sent pens to Perry amounting to L.1421, 1s. 3d. + +"Perry certainly never made a pen as they are now made, viz., the +_slit cut _with press tools; all he made were _cracked_ slit. + +"I made steel barrel pens some time before I made 'slip' pens for +Perry. + +"It is doubtful when metal pens were made. The first I know of were +made by Mr. Harrison, for Dr. Priestley. Perry was certainly not the +first maker of steel pens, but I have no doubt that he was the first +steel _slip pen_ maker, and no doubt the first to use a _goose quill_ +for a pen holder, hence the slip pen. + +"The first stick pen holders I made for Perry in 1832, and for Gillott +in 1835, and sold sticks to Gillott in 1840--L.293 18s. 7d." + +Mason claimed to have made barrel pens for Perry, of London, in 1828, +and "slip or nibbed" pens in 1829; but he does not appear to have made +any claim to priority of invention over Mitchell and Gillott. + +Now, although Mitchell made no claim himself, on the death of Mr. +Gillott the following letter appeared in the _Daily Post:_ + +"The remarks which have appeared in a local paper upon the death of +Mr. J. Gillott, that the steel pen owes its existence to him, and that +the adaptation of machinery to the manufacture of metallic pens was +his invention, lead the public to wrong conclusions. It is due to the +memory of my late father--John Mitchell--that I should state that he +not only made steel pens, but used machinery in their production, for +some time before Mr. Gillott commenced in that branch of business." +--HENRY MITCHELL, January 12, 1872. + +In October, 1876, Mr. Henry Mitchell writes to _Aris's Gazette,_ and +says: + +"You review, in your impression of the 23d inst., a work entitled +'British Manufacturing Industries--the Birmingham Trades,' in which +the history of steel pens forms a prominent chapter. I beg to point +out that my late father's name--John Mitchell--is certainly mentioned +in a list of the manufacturers of the article, and, to my great +surprise, simply so. In a part of the work the author states that +'The early history of steel pens is involved in obscurity.' My object +in writing to you is to remove that obscurity, as I am satisfied you +will be equally desirous of giving honor to whom honor is due. I +claim that honor for my late father--John Mitchell--who was the first +to introduce the making of steel pens by means of tools, which were +purely his own invention, and I will leave it to an enlightened public +to judge if it is not one of the greatest benefits conferred on any +civilized community. Whatever others may have done does not remove +the fact that the inventor I have named was my father; and it is only +due to him that posterity should know who originated the means whereby +millions of human beings of the present time, and generations yet unborn +are, and will be, enabled to communicate their thoughts to each +other with a facility they otherwise would not have had. For, unless +the steel pen had been manufactured by tools and machinery, that useful +article would virtually be at a prohibitory price. The date of +the invention I believe to be 1822 or thereabouts." + +This is very emphatic; but how far may it be taken as an unprejudiced +statement of facts? Well, it has never been contradicted; and Gillott +never made a claim on his own behalf, as having made pens before +Mitchell. Mason gave the year 1828 as the date when he commenced +making pens, so that the evidence is in favor of Mitchell. + +We have heard this statement of Henry Mitchell confirmed by a man who +worked for Mitchell, as a boy, and who remembered pens being made for +Sheldon by Mitchell. It is probable at this early period the pens +were made for a few dealers, and the general public was unacquainted +with the names of the manufacturers. This circumstance has no doubt +contributed to involve in obscurity the early operations of Mitchell +and Gillott. In a notice in _Lardner's Cyclopoedia_ (written by Mr. +John Holland, of Sheffield), published in 1833, the names of three +penmakers only are given--Perry, Heeley, and Skinner. From this it +might be supposed that there were no other penmakers at this date; but +Gillott had taken out a patent in 1831, and the names of both Mitchell +and Gillott appeared as penmakers in _Wrightson's Birmingham +Directory_ for 1830. It cannot be supposed that Mr. Holland wilfully +omitted to mention the names of Mitchell and Gillott, for this writer +was an impartial and painstaking collector of facts, but it is +probable the notice was written some time before it was published; +and, like many little masters, Mitchell and Gillot were only known as +penmakers to the wholesale dealers in Birmingham, upon whom they +depended for orders, consequently Mr. Holland would be ignorant of +their existence. + +In speaking of the demand for steel pens, the writer in Lardner's +says: "The rage originated chiefly, if not altogether, in the +successful speculations of Mr. James Perry, of London, whose pens, +however short their merits may fall of the praise of the inventor, are +certainly superior to most others composed of a like material. Perry +began to make steel pens, in Manchester, in 1819, and in London in +1824." The press and tools with which these pens were made are still +in the possession of Perry and Co., at their warehouse in the Holburn +Viaduct. This fact tends to confirm the statement that Mr. James +Perry was one of the earliest experimenters in the manufacture of the +article. Levesley says he bought one of Perry's pens, which he saw in +a shop window in Sheffield, in 1825, and he took it to his workshop +and improved upon it. This is somewhat similar to the account given by +Mason of his first experiment in pen making. Mason saw a pen of +Perry's in the window of a bookseller named Peart, in Bull Street, +Birmingham, in 1828, which he purchased and took home. Finding he +could produce a better article, which could be sold at a cheaper rate, +he made some and sent them to Mr. James Perry, in, London, and that +gentleman shortly after waited upon Josiah Mason, at his place of +business in Lancaster Street, and the interview resulted in Mason +beginning to make pens for Perry. It will be remembered that the +writer in the _Sheffield Daily Telegraph_ stated that the earliest +experimenter in form and material was Perry. + +Leaving the honor of having originated the application of labor-saving +machinery for the manufacture of steel pens to Mitchell, it would +appear that the merit of having popularized the article is due to +Perry. In 1830, Mr. James Perry issued a circular containing a series +of engravings of metallic pens, showing the improvements he had +patented in their manufacture. In this circular it is stated: "Till +about six months ago the public had heard little of metallic pens. At +present, it would seem that comparatively few of any other kind are in +the hands of any class of the community. This sudden transition may +clearly be traced to the announcement of the Patent Perryian Pens in +various periodicals, about six months ago, and to the general demand +which ensued for that pen in every part of the empire," + +Although this might be regarded as an _ex-parte_ statement, it is +confirmed by independent testimony that Perry popularized the article. +The _Saturday Magazine,_ 1838, says: + +"About twelve years ago (1825), the celebrated Perryian pens first +appeared. Mr. Perry may be regarded in the light of a great improver; +many of his pens are ingenious and original in construction. He +arranges his pens into _genera_ and _species._ Mr. Perry first overcame +the rigidity complained of in steel pens by introducing apertures +between the shoulder and point of the pen, thus transferring the +elasticity of the pen to a position below instead of above the +shoulder. This was the subject of his patent in 1830." + +Mr. Sam: Timmins, in 1866, writes: + +"No skill in manufacture, however, could conquer the prejudice against +any metallic pen, and to Mr. James Perry the world is much indebted +for persevering advocacy of the steel pen, and for one of the most +important improvements in its form. Mr. Perry, with his characteristic +energy, almost forced the steel pen into use, and was supplied +with pens of a first-class quality by Mr. Josiah Mason, of +this town." + +Furthermore, it is certain that about this time, steel pens began +rapidly to supersede the use of quills,* and the trade was recognized +as a rising industry. It is true that it still retained the secretive +character with which its operations were conducted in its earlier +days, which indeed in some respects distinguish it at the present +time. Its activity or dullness seldom troubles the writers of the +"Trade Reports" in the local press, although they sometimes inform +their readers about good orders having been placed for mousetraps, +stove screws, snuffer trays, candle extinguishers, and sad irons. + +*In a humorous article, "The Web-footed Interests," which appeared in +Tait's Edinburgh Magazine, vol. iii., page 280 (1833), there is a +petition to the House of Commons, from Ganders, Geese & Goslings, +setting forth the evils likely to ensue from the use of metallic pens. +It prognosticates depression in agriculture and manufactures +consequent upon a diminution in the amount of grain consumed, and a +falling off in the demand for penknives; and draws an alarming picture +of the possible failure of the supply of iron ware, and the total +extinction of literature, likely to ensue through a stoppage in the +supply of steel pens,--the web-footed interest being supposed to have +ceased to exist. The petition concludes with a prayer that the +manufacture of metallic pens be prohibited. + +To the writers of the present generation, who can purchase fairly-good +pens at one shilling or one shilling and sixpence per gross, it seems +hard to realize that people once gave one shilling each for +substitutes for quills. It is true that quills could then be bought +for a halfpenny and penny each, but how difficult it was to acquire +the art of successfully manipulating the same into a pen the following +anecdote from "Edwards' Life of Rowland Hill" will testify: + +"Mrs. Sinkinson, of Jamaica Row, Birmingham, tells me she went to a +school in Hurst Street, and that she remembered that old Mr. Hill came +one day a week to teach arithmetic, and Rowland [Sir Rowland Hill] on +another to teach writing. In those days there were no steel pens, and +Rowland couldn't mend a pen, so that whenever he came he was +accompanied by his brother, Matthew Davenport, whose office it was to +mend the pens used by the pupils the preceding week." + +Sir Josiah Mason used to relate a similar circumstance in his own +life, when at Kidderminster, that he accompanied his brother Richard, +who was a Sunday-school teacher, to mend the pens. + +Comparing the crude specimens of early steel pens with the finished +productions of the present day, we may be inclined to think that some +praise was due to the people who persevered in the use of them; but +that the purchasers of these early productions did appreciate them we +have the testimony of Mr. Robert Griffin, who says that he wrote for +eight weeks, eight hours a day, with a pen made by Perry, in 1824. +Now, the old _"scribes,"_ as the law stationers' writers were called, +were generally allowed one quill a day, and as the work of the day +usually wore out the longest quill, a considerable amount of time must +have been occupied in the renovation of the article.* This would be a +serious inconvenience to those who could manufacture a quill into a +pen, but as this was by no means an universal accomplishment, we can +form an idea how even these clumsy substitutes found purchasers at +such high prices. + +*The writer recollects the tedious waiting for the patient usher, who +from desk to desk with his penknife, mending pens, and paying very +little attention to anything else; also the wonder felt and expressed +at the first sight of steel nibs, and how they dug into the paper. + + +Tom Hood, in his "Whims and Oddities," gives some idea of the +pre-steel-pen era: + + "In times begone, when each man cut his quill, + With little Perryian skill; + What horrid, awkward, bungling tools of trade + Appeared the writing instruments, home made! + What pens were sliced, hewed, hacked, and haggled out, + Slit or unslit, with many a various snout, + Aquiline, Roman, crooked, square, and snubby, + Humpy and stubby; + Some capable of ladye-billets neat, + Some only fit for ledger-keeping clerk, + And some to grub down, Peter Stubbs, his mark, + Or smudge through some illegible receipt, + Others in florid caligraphic plans, + Equal to ships, and wiggy heads, and swans! + To try in any common inkstands then, + With all their miscellaneous stocks, + To find a decent pen, + Was like a dip into a lucky-box; + You drew, and got one very curly, + And split like endive in some hurly-burly; + The next unslit, a square at end, a spade; + The third, incipient pop-gun, not yet made; + The fourth a broom; the fifth of no avail, + Turned upwards, like a rabbit's tail; + And last, not least, by way of a relief, + A stump that Master Richard, James, or John + Had tried his candle cookery upon, + Making 'roast beef!'" + +These early pens were at first made from a piece of steel formed into +a tube, and filed into the shape of a pen by hand, the joint of the +two edges forming the slit. Afterward a blank was roughly punched +out, filed into shape, and the slit marked out with a chisel while the +blank was in a soft state. It was then shaped, hardened, tempered, +ground, and the slit cracked through by means of a hammer and tool at +the place where the mark had been made. The engravings of the pens by +Edwards, which appeared in _Wrightson's Directory,_ 1823, seem to +indicate that the piercing, side cutting and slitting were executed by +mechanical appliances. Possibly, Edwards was not a manufacturer +himself, but had his pens made for him by Mitchell. + +In the pre-steel-pen era there were many attempts made to supersede +quills. In "Peveril of the Peak," Mistress Chiffinch speaks of her +_diamond pen._ There was a pen the nibs of which were of ruby, set in +gold, made by Doughty. Dr. Wollaston made gold pens tipped with, +rhodium. + +During the time the early makers of steel pens were perfecting the +article, several experimenters were offering to the public writing +instruments made from various materials. Bramah patented _"quill +nibs,"_ made by splitting quills and cutting the semi-cylinders into +sections, which were shaped into pens, and adapted to be placed in a +holder. Hawkins and Mordan, in 1823, made use of horn and tortoise- +shell, which was cut into "nibs," softened in water, and small pieces +of ruby and other precious stones were then embedded in by pressure. +In this way they insured durability and great elasticity. In order to +give stability to the nib thin pieces of gold or other metal were +affixed to the tortoise-shell. + +Looking back at the early operations of the trade, and considering +that steel pens were made by hand at the beginning of the present +century, we can scarcely understand why the idea of cheapening the +production by the application of labor-saving contrivances did not +occur to those inventive geniuses, the proprietors of Soho. Boulton +had expended some time in perfecting the manufacture of steel buttons. +That local Admirable Crichton, Humphrey Jefferies, does not appear to +have ever directed his attention to the manufacture of this article, +which has now become a prime necessity of civilization. Yet we hear +of his success in the improvement of buttons, and button-makers must +have used the screw press and tools for cutting out the blank and +shaping it into form; and the process of slitting had been +anticipated, for printers had a brass rule-cutting machine in use, the +cutters of which bore a strong resemblance to those now used for +slitting steel pens. Like most of the pioneers in the path of +invention, the majority of the early makers of pens were men whose +business pursuits gave them no special facilities for entering upon +the manufacture of steel pens. The progress of the trade from 1829 +(with the exception of the period when Perry and Gillott first +commenced advertising) had been gradual, but satisfactory. In one of +Gillott's early advertisements, he stated that he made 490,361 gross +in 1842, and 730,031 in 1843. This was an advance by leaps and bounds +which has not since been maintained. Although Mason commenced making +pens for Perry in the year 1828, yet it was not till 1861 that his +name became known in England as a steel-pen maker. Many merchants in +Birmingham and Wolverhampton, who purchased steel rings from him, had +no idea that he was a maker of pens; yet on the Continent of Europe +pens bearing his name were eagerly sought after. Subsequent to 1861 +he was associated with Perry, until, in 1876, the trade-marks, +patents, etc., were purchased by a limited liability company, who now, +under the name of "Perry & Co.," have become the largest manufacturers +of pens in the world. + +At the present time (1889) there are thirteen firms engaged in the +trade in Birmingham, and they make up about twenty-four tons of steel +per week into pens and penholder tips. Making due allowance for the +material used in the latter article, this consumption would probably +represent a weekly average production of 200,000 grosses of pens. The +Birmingham penmakers employ about 3,500 women and girls, and 650 men +and boys; and besides these the number of women and girls working at +making paper boxes, in which the pens are packed, would probably +exceed 300. In addition to this there are several mills where steel +is rolled for those firms who have not sufficient power on their own +premises, but there is a difficulty in stating the number of hands +employed. The wages of the females range from four shillings to fifteen +shillings; those of the boys from five shillings to ten shillings. +The unskilled workmen earn from twelve shillings to twenty-four +shillings; and skilled men, or toolmakers, command wages varying from +twenty-five shillings to three pounds. Most of the females work upon +the piece-work system, but the men are paid weekly wages. + +In 1835, upon the authority of a writer in the _Mechanics' Magazine,_ +two tons two hundred weight of steel were used weekly in the +manufacture of pens. Mr. Sam: Timmins made an approximate estimate +that six and a half tons of steel were used per week for steel pens in +1849, and again, in 1886, he gives the amount of steel as having +increased to ten tons. It is at all times difficult to form an +accurate estimate of the quantity of material used, but we believe we +are within the mark in putting down the present consumption of steel +at twenty-two tons weekly. From this it would appear that the trade +has doubled its production during the last twenty years. Besides +these Birmingham houses there are some four or five manufactories on +the Continent, and two in the United States, but their productions +have not increased in the same ratio as that of their English rivals. + +During the last twenty years a great improvement has taken place in +the style of boxes and labels in which the pens are packed. Formerly +(with the exception of the goods issued by Gillott and Sommerville) +most of the pens were sold in boxes of the plainest description; now +the covers or labels are printed in a number of colors from elaborate +designs, by first-class artists, and in some cases the boxes are +ornamented with well-executed portraits of royal, political, literary, +or artistic celebrities. There are many peculiarities connected with +the public taste as manifested in the demand for pens. The Germans +use a greater variety of patterns than any other nation. The English +taste is more restricted, and is generally confined to articles of the +plainer shapes. Autocratic Russia and democratic America make use of +the fewest patterns. By a regulation of the Imperial Government, pens +in boxes, bearing portraits of the Russian royal family are prevented +from entering the country, and in America public taste does not favor +a demand for portrait boxes. By a law which came into operation the +1st of January, 1886, no pens can be imported into Russia bearing the +name of a Russian firm. The probable purpose of this law was to +encourage the establishment of a Russian manufactory. At present +there are no pen works in Russia. An attempt was made in Moscow, in +1876-8, to manufacture steel pens, but the experiment proved a +failure. The Germans and French are the largest buyers of first-class +pens, but the Italians are content with articles of the commonest +character. The chief demand for three-pointed pens comes from Spain. +At present the demand for steel pens is chiefly confined to European +nations and their descendants. The great Asiatic nations still write +with pens made from reeds, or camel-hair pencils. A few of the +natives of India and Japan, and some of the subjects of the Sultan and +Khe'dive are beginning to make use of steel pens adapted to the +peculiarities of their writing. From this it would appear that the +possibilities of the progress of the trade in the future are very +favorable; but in the meantime its productions are scattered over the +globe, and even in some of the darkest corners of the earth pioneers +of civilization are to be found transcribing the results of their +experience with the aid of that great factor of nineteenth-century +progress--an English Steel Pen. + + + + THE MANUFACTURING PROCESSES + OF STEEL PENS. + +The steel from which the greater part of the metallic pens are +manufactured comes from Sheffield. Notwithstanding the many names +given by the venders of steel pens to the material from which they are +manufactured there are but two sorts--good and bad--and therefore +Peruvian, Damascus, Amalgam, and Silver Steel are but fancy names. As +a matter of fact, where a number of prefixes are used to describe the +quality of an article it is generally found to have no claim to any of +them. + +The raw material is received from Sheffield in sheets six feet in +length, one foot five inches in width, and 23 or 26 Birmingham +wire-gauge in thickness. The first operation is the cutting of these +sheets into strips of convenient width. They are then packed in an +oblong iron box, placed with the open top downward in another box of +the same material, and the interstices are filled up with a +composition to exclude the air. The boxes are placed in a muffle, +where they remain until they have gradually attained a dull red heat, +and the muffle is allowed to gradually cool, or else the boxes are +placed in a cooling chamber. When the boxes have been reduced to a +temperature which will admit of their being handled, the contents +(technically called a charge) are emptied out. Now, it will be found +that the strips of steel are covered with bits of small scale, +sticking to them like a loose skin, and if this were not removed +before the next process--rolling--the steel, instead of being +perfectly smooth, would be marked with a number of indentations, +rendering it very unsightly. In order to get rid of this excrescence, +the strips are immersed in a bath of diluted sulphuric acid, which +loosens the scale, and are then placed in wood barrels to which broken +pebbles and water are added. The barrels are kept revolving until the +whole of the scaly substance has been removed and the strips have +assumed a silver-gray appearance. The steel is now ready for +manipulation in the rolling mill, where it is passed between +successive pairs of rolls until it has been reduced to the required +gauge, and this operation has to be performed with such nicety that a +variation of one thousand part of an inch in the thickness of the +strip would make such an alteration in the flexibility of the pens +made from it as to cause considerable dissatisfaction to the +purchasers of the article. + +The steel on leaving the mill is conveyed to the gauging room, and it +will be found to have increased to three times its original length, +and now appears with a bright surface. Hitherto the operations have +been conducted by men and boys; but now, in the course of manufacture, +the pens will enter on a series of processes in which the quick and +delicate fingers of women and girls play an important part. The +strips of steel are now given out to the cutters. The _Toolmaker,_ +who, as a rule, both makes and sets the tools, has placed in what is +known as a bolster a die, having a hole perforated through it of the +exact shape of the blank to be cut; and attached to the bottom of the +screwed bolt of the press is a punch, also bearing the exact shape of +the blank. The girl with her left hand introduces one of the strips +of steel at the back of the press, and, pulling the handle toward her +with the right hand, the screw descends, driving the punch into the +bed, and in so doing has perforated the strip of steel with a +scissors-like cut, making a blank which falls through the opening in +the die into a drawer below. Now, with her left hand she pulls the +strip toward her until it is stopped by a little projection called a +guide; and again the right hand moves the handle, the screw descends, +and another blank is cut. The operation is continued until the whole +of one side of the strip is perforated; it is then reversed and the +other side treated in a similar way. If you were to hold up the strip +thus manipulated--now called scrap--you would find that in some +particular part the perforations approach so nearly to each other as +to form a slight bar, which breaks easily between the thumb and +finger. This is rendered necessary from the fact that steel scrap is +worth only one-fifth of the value of the raw material, and, as under +the most favorable conditions, the scrap averages one-third the +original weight given out for cutting, it behooves the manufacturer to +reduce the scrap as much as practicable. If these blanks are +examined, a small V-shaped indentation, looking like a defect, will be +found upon the upper edge of that part inserted in the holder. This +small mark plays an important part in the succeeding processes. To a +casual observer there does not appear much difference between the two +sides of the blank; but, however well the tools are made, that side of +the blank which is uppermost in cutting out will be rougher than the +under side. This mark enables the operator to distinguish at a glance +the smooth side, and by always keeping the rough side upward the burr +is polished off in a later process. The blanks are now ready to be +passed to the next process--_marking._ This operation is performed by +a female, with the aid of a stamp. The precise mark required is cut +upon a piece of steel, and, being placed in the hammer of the stamp, +the girl puts her right foot into a stirrup attached to a rope, which +is passed round a pulley, and, pressing downward, causes the hammer to +ascend. Taking a handful of blanks with her left hand, by a dexterous +motion she makes a little train of them between the thumb and finger +in parallel order, presenting the first in the most ready position to +be passed to the other hand. The right hand is brought toward the +left, and, taking a blank, places it with the point toward the worker +in a guide upon the bed of the stamp, then by suddenly letting the +hammer descend a blow is struck upon the blank, which gives an +impression of the name cut upon the punch. The quick fingers of the +operator pass backward and forward with such rapidity that a skillful +girl will mark from two hundred to two hundred and fifty gross per +day. If the mark required is unusually large, the marking process is +deferred until after the pen has been pierced, in order that the blank +may be annealed (or softened), which takes the impression more readily +than the hard steel. + + +Now, in order to make a metallic pen suitable for writing it is +necessary to consider some means of producing elasticity, and also to +devise some method by which the smooth steel shall cause the ink to +attach itself to the pen. This is brought about by the next process-- +_piercing._ In this operation the tools are of a very delicate +character, and as the center pierce (the aperture in which the slit +terminates) is frequently of an ornamental design the tools, being +small, have to be made with great precision. The piercing punch and +bed having been fixed in a screw press, and an ingenious arrangement +of guides fastened thereto, the girl selects a blank from a tray on +her left hand, and, placing it in its proper position by the aid of +the guides, pushes the fly of the press from her, the screw descends, +driving the punch into the bed, and the operation of piercing is +completed. + +The blanks are still moderately hard, and before they can be made to +take the shape of a pen it is necessary that they should be softened, +which is effected by the process called _annealing._ The blanks +having been freed from the dust and garbase that has become attached +to them are carefully placed in round iron pots, which are again +inclosed in larger ones and covered over with charcoal dust to prevent +the entrance of gases, and put into the muffle, heated to a dull red, +and then allowed to cool. + +The blanks are now soft and pliable, readily taking the various shapes +into which pens are made by the next process, called _raising._ This +operation is performed by the aid of a punch and die fitted into a +screw-press. The punch is fitted into a contrivance called a false +nose, fixed in the bottom of the screw of the press; and the die or +bed is placed in a cylindrical piece of steel (called a bolster) with +a groove cut for the reception of the die, the bolster being fastened +to the bottom of the press by a screw underneath. The punch and die +being fixed so as to exactly fit each other, the toolmaker places a +small piece of tissue paper between them, takes an impression, +examines it, and proceeds to rectify any inequality in the pressure, +so as to insure perfection in the shape. This being accomplished, the +toolmaker fixes four pieces of steel (called guides) to the bolster in +such positions that the operator is enabled to slide the blank into +the bed, where it is held by the guides till the punch descends, +forces the blank into the bed, and gives the pen its shape. The +article is now narrower than it was in its blank form, and the girl +pushes it through the tools with a small stick held in the hand with +which she works the press handle, while with the other hand she places +another blank in its position in the bed. + +The pen is now shaped or raised, but it is still soft, and +consequently another process is necessitated--_hardening._ This is +effected by placing the pens in thin layers in round pans with lids. +They are placed in the muffle for a period varying from twenty to +thirty minutes, during which time they have acquired a bright red +heat. The workman then withdraws them and empties the contents into a +large bucket immersed in a tank of oil. The bucket is perforated at +the bottom, and being elevated, the oil drains off. The pens are next +placed in a perforated cylinder, which, being set in motion, revolves +and drains off the remainder of the oil. The pens are still greasy, +and as brittle as glass; and in order to free them from the grease +they are again placed in perforated buckets and immersed in a tank of +boiling soda water. After they are freed from the grease the pens are +put into an iron cylinder, which is kept revolving over a charcoal +fire until they are softened or tempered down to the special degree +required. In this process the workman is guided by the color, which +indicates the varying temperature of the metal of which the articles +are made. Brittleness has given place to pliability, but the pens are +black in color and scratch at the point, and to remedy this defect +they are subjected to the next process--_scouring._ In order to do +this the pens are dipped in a bath of diluted sulphuric acid--called +pickle--which frees the articles from any extraneous substances they +may have acquired in the hardening and tempering processes. This +requires to be done with great care, or the acid would injure the +steel. The pens are then placed in iron barrels with a quantity of +water and small pebbly-looking material. This latter material is +composed of annealing pots broken and ground fine enough to pass +readily through a fine riddle. The barrel being set in motion, the +pens are scoured for periods varying from five to eight hours, and are +placed again in barrels with dry pot for about the same period, after +which they are put into other barrels together with a quantity of dry +sawdust. On being taken out of these barrels the body of the pen has +acquired a bright silver color, and the point has been rounded. + +The article has now the shape and appearance of a finished pen, and +yet it possesses none of its characteristics, and, if tried, will be +found to have no more action than a lead pencil, as it is deficient in +that important part of a writing instrument--the slit. Before being +slit the pen is ground between the centre pierce and the point. This +process is performed by girls, with the aid of what is called a "bob" +or "glazer." The "bob" is a circular piece of alder wood about ten +and a half inches in diameter and half an inch in width. Round this a +piece of leather is stretched and dressed with emery. A spindle is +driven through the centre, and the two ends placed in sockets. The +"bob" is set in motion by means of a leather band, and the girl +holding a pen firmly, with a light touch grinds off a portion of the +surface. + +This operation being completed, the last and most important mechanical +operation has to be performed--_slitting._ The tools with which this +process is effected are two oblong pieces of steel about an inch and a +half long, three-eighths of an inch thick, and an inch and a quarter +wide. These are called the cutters, and upon the preparation and +setting of these the successful issue of the process depends. The +edges of these cutters are equal in delicacy to the cutting edge of a +razor, but the shape is more suggestive of a portion cut from the +thickest part of a large pair of shears. The cutter being fixed in +the press, a pair of guides are screwed on either side, and a small +tool called a table, or rest, being attached to the contrivance called +a bolster, which holds the bottom cutter, the operator takes a pen, +places it on the table, pushes the point up toward the guide, pulls +the handle, the upper cutter descends, meets the lower one, and the +process of slitting is completed. + +Now, although this operation completes the mechanical processes of pen +making, the article is by no means finished. If you examine the pen +now you will find that the outer edge of each point is smooth, while +the inside edges which have just been made by the slit are sharp and +scratch. To remove this defect the operation of "barreling" has to be +again resorted to. The pens are again placed in the iron barrels with +pounded pot, kept revolving from five to six hours, and finally +polished in sawdust. + +The pens are now of a bright silver-steel color and perfectly smooth, +but as they are required in various tints, they are colored and +afterward varnished to prevent rust. To accomplish the first of these +results the articles are placed in a copper or iron cylinder and kept +revolving over a coke fire until the requisite tint is obtained, the +color depending upon the temperature of the cylinder. If the pens are +intended to be lacquered they are placed in a solution of shellac +dissolved in methylated spirits. The spirit is drained off, and the +pens are placed in wire cylinders and kept revolving until the action +of the air dries the lacquer. They are then scattered upon iron +trays, inserted in an oven, and the heat diffuses the lacquer equally +over the surface of the pens, so that when they have cooled down they +have a glossy appearance, which gives to them an air of finish and +prevents rust. + +The pen is now finished as far as manufacturing processes are +concerned, yet before it can be offered to the public it has to +undergo a rigid examination called _"looking over."_ This is +performed by trained girls, and when the defective ones have been +sorted out the good pens are sent to the finished warehouse to be put +up into boxes. These boxes are of various descriptions, adapted to +suit the markets for which they are intended. In many instances the +labels which form the covers of the boxes are elaborately printed from +first-class designs, and some of them have highly-finished steel +engravings of royal personages and celebrities in the scientific, +literary, musical, and political world. The quantities contained in +these boxes vary with the countries for which they are intended; for +the manufacturers study the wants of their customers, and do not offer +articles counted in dozens to people who reckon by tens. + +We have now traced the manufacture of this little article from its +beginning as a plain piece of steel through all its stages until it +has developed into that indispensable requisite of daily life--a pen. + + HISTORY OF THE PERRYIAN + PEN WORKS. + +The firm of Messrs. Perry & Co., London, was founded in the year 1824 +by Mr. James Perry, who carried on business originally in Manchester, +then in London. Mr. James Perry died in the year 1843. Mr. Stephen +Perry, who conducted the business afterward in partnership with Mr. +Hayes and others, died in the year 1873, and was succeeded by his +sons, Messrs. Joseph John and Lewis Henry Perry. The firm of Perry & +Co. was known all over Europe as the house which first introduced to +the commercial world steel pens of a superior quality, and in many +countries steel pens are now known under the general denomination of +_"Perry pens."_ The first pens were manufactured by Perry & Co. in +London, principally from flattened or ribbon steel wire, and in the +year 1828 Mr. Josiah, afterward Sir Josiah, Mason, _then a +manufacturer of steel split rings,_ produced steel pens so much +superior to the pens made up to that period that Messrs. Perry & Co. +entered into contracts with him for the sole supply of all the pens +they might require; this connection continued up to the time of the +formation of this company. In the meantime, Messrs. Perry & Co. had +also introduced the sale of elastic bands and pencil cases; the +production of the latter was confided to Mr. W.E. Wiley, who, in the +year 1850, began the manufacture first of gold pens, afterward of +pencil cases. Messrs. Perry & Co. also contracted with Mr. Wiley for +the purchase of all the pencil cases they might dispose of, and thus +Mr. Wiley's works assumed gigantic proportions. Mr. Alfred +Sommerville, who had been connected with the steel-pen trade since its +infancy, established the firm of A. Sommerville & Co. in the year +1851. Although he, in the year 1857, began manufacturing steel pens in +connection with a partner, he likewise contracted with Mr. Josiah +Mason for a superior class of steel pens, principally intended for the +Continental markets, and many of which were either his own invention +or suggested by him. Mr. Sommerville desiring to retire from +business, Sir Josiah Mason purchased his trade in the year 1870, but +continued to carry it on under the old style of A. Sommerville & Co. +These four businesses being so intimately connected and dependent upon +each other, some gentlemen of eminence in the manufacturing town of +Birmingham decided, in conjunction with some of the leading +proprietors, to establish a limited company, for the purpose of +uniting and amalgamating inseparably the various establishments, and +thus the company of _"Perry & Co., Limited,"_ was formed. + +On the spot forming the principal entrance to the works, Mr. Samuel +Harrison, in the year 1778, founded a manufactory in which he carried +on his invention of steel split rings; but Mr. Harrison, who was an +ingenious mechanic, also manufactured mathematical instruments, some +of which were used by Dr. Priestley in his researches, and on one +occasion he made a steel pen for Dr. Priestley, probably the first +steel pen ever produced. Mr. Josiah Mason succeeded to the business +of Mr. Harrison in 1823, and in 1828 began the manufacture of steel +pens. For several years he gave his whole attention to improvements +in the manufacture of steel pens, and Mr. Perry took out several most +important patents for the improvement of steel pens, many of which +have not been surpassed in ingenuity or in utility, and the principal +among them, the so-called "double patent," is universally applied by +the pen trade to a great number of pens to this very day. In 1842 Mr. +Mason's attention was absorbed by the process of electroplating and +gilding, at that time invented and carried on by Mr. Elkington, in +partnership with whom he founded the great firm of Elkington, Mason & +Co. For some years the production of pens flagged, but in 1852 a +nephew of Sir Josiah Mason, Mr. Isaac Smith (deceased in 1868), gave a +new stimulus to the manufacture of pens, and from that time the +production gradually increased until it assumed its present +proportions. The manufactory now covers nearly two acres; it occupies +a whole square and fronts four streets. In the building fronting +Lancaster Street (five stories high) the offices, warehouses and +storerooms of finished goods are distributed. The underground floor +forms a huge machine shop, in which all the presses, rolls, and +general iron and machine work employed throughout the manufactory are +produced by skillful mechanics. Behind the front building there are +several courtyards and quadrangles, in the largest of which are placed +in a row five double-flue boilers, each 20 feet long by 7 feet +diameter, working at a pressure of more than 55 lb. to the square +inch, supplying the steam power both for propelling the steam engines +and for heating the manufactory. In the rolling mill, measuing 64 by +38 feet, three double-cylinder engines, working up to 293 indicated +horsepower, give motion to 18 pairs of rolls, rolling four to six +tons of steel per week. The largest workshops are the slitting and +grinding rooms, 64 by 38 feet, the latter 24 feet high. In the +slitting room 90 girls apply the last mechanical process to the +manufacture of steel pens, in slitting them by presses of ingenious +construction. In the grinding room more than 160 girls are busily +employed cross and straight grinding steel pens on wood cylinders +covered with emery. The room in which the finished pens are placed in +boxes measures 54 by 30 feet, and in it alone are employed 50 girls +boxing and labeling steel pens, or fitting penholder tips on handles +of various materials, principally of cedar. In that part of the +building having a frontage on Corporation Street there is a dining +room 86 feet 6 inches long by 68 feet wide, fitted up with tables to +accommodate 600 people. Here the employees are served with a warm +dinner at prices varying from 2d. to 6d. At one end of the room there +is a stage, where dramatic entertainments and concerts are given in +the winter season by the workpeople. At the other end there is a +library, in a glazed partition, containing about 2,000 volumes of +standard works. These books are issued to the hands employed by the +firm free. One of the important features of this manufactory is the +employment of muffles heated by gas produced from Siemens's gas +generators. These muffles allow the heat to be regulated to a nicety, +and enable the company to carry on the process of annealing and +hardening to very great perfection. + +The manufacture of steel pens employs in all about 900 workpeople, the +weekly production is 45,000 gross, which quantity will shortly be +increased to 50,000 gross, per week. Six smaller steam engines are +employed independently of those already mentioned in various parts of +the works. The manufacture of penholder sticks is carried on in two +separate buildings. Penholder sticks were produced by Mr. Mason as +far back as 1835, but their manufacture had lapsed; it was only +resumed eight years ago, since which time, by new and ingenious +machinery, principally the inventions of Mr. W. E. Wiley, the managing +director, it has assumed proportions of great magnitude. + +The pencil case and solitaire works carried on by Mr. Wiley, first +alone, and then in co-partnership with his son in Graham Street, have +now been transferred to Lancaster Street. + +Pencil cases, first introduced by Messrs. Mordan & Lund, in London, +have undergone various changes and improvements, the principal of +which was a lead holder passing through the point of the pencil case, +which was slit for that purpose. This invention was patented by Mr. +Wiley in the year 1857, and created a complete revolution in the +pencil-case trade, as it enabled the manufacturers to use a thicker +and longer lead, which could be propelled and withdrawn at will and +would last in daily use more than six months. This patented mechanism +was introduced into cases made from hard wood, bone and ivory, but +since the year 1868 a composition called aluminium gold, so resembling +gold that it cannot be distinguished from it, and resisting the +effects of oxidation, consequently free from tarnish, made a further +revolution in the pencil-case trade, enabling the million to possess +an elegant and highly-wrought pencil case at a very moderate price. +Messrs. Perry & Co., of London, gave to this manufacture publicity in +every part of Europe, and the quantities produced and sold are +incredible. + +In 1874 a new patent was added to the many inventions for which this +establishment was famous. Its purpose was to produce a solitaire stud +made in two parts, so as to enable its ready application without the +trouble of passing a button of large diameter through a small +buttonhole. A self-acting steel spring is fixed in the upper part of +the stud, and snaps as soon as inserted into the lower part, where a +slight pressure on two projections releases the springs and permits +the separation of the two parts. These solitaires are manufactured of +gold, silver, and a variety of other metals, the principal of which is +gold plate. There are now more than five hundred patterns in +existence, and this useful manufacture grows daily in extension. +Perry & Co.'s paper binders, an article now universally used for +fastening together loose papers, cloth patterns, etc., are produced in +infinite styles and sizes, principally by self-acting machinery. + +The total number of workpeople employed in the company's manufactories +exceeds 1,300. + +The business of Perry & Co. was carried on for more than forty years +at 37 Red Lion Square, London, but the increase of business and the +reconstruction of London required that a more central position should +be found for the development of the commercial department of the +company. Large and handsome warehouses having been constructed on the +Holborn Viaduct, the company transferred their London depot to a +building five stories high on the side fronting the Holborn Viaduct +and eight stories high at the back. In this immense warehouse are +stored not only the produce of the manufactories of this company, but +also special articles for which this firm has been famous for the last +thirty years, principally the elastic or endless bands, patented by +Mr. Daft and Mr. Stephen Perry, and originally introduced by Perry & +Co. in conjunction with McIntosh & Co., afterward in conjunction with +Warne & Co. Perry's Royal Aromatic Bands are now an indispensable +article, and may be procured in every city of the world. Every +fancy article required by stationers can be found in these vast +stores. An illustrated price current which appears monthly, and which +numbers more than 120 pages, gives fair idea of the variety of +articles of which samples and stock can be found ready for daily +delivery. The increase of business has been so rapid that the company +found it necessary to lease the adjoining premises, which is stored +with some of the two thousand articles forming the staple trade of the +London depot, and the principal of which are the following: American +Letter Files, Clips (now manufactured in Lancaster Street), Marking +and other Inks, Aromatic Bands, Audascript Pens, Bostonite Goods, +Cigar Lighters, Copying Ink and Copying Ink Powder, Copying Ink +Pencils, Copying Presses, Corrugated Imperial Bands, Essence of Ink, +Grease Extractors, India Rubber for Erasing, Ink and Pencil Erasers, +Ink Extractors, Patent and other Inkstands in every variety, Key +Rings, Letter Clips, Letter Files, Metallic Books, Paper Binders, +Pencil Point Protectors, Pencils and Pencil Cases, Penholders, Pen +Knives, Pen Racks, Gold Pens, Portfolios, Presses, Scotch Tartan Fancy +Goods, Solitaires or Sleeve Links, etc., etc., etc. + +This establishment is under the exclusive management of Mr. Joseph J. +Perry, managing director. + +_[The illustrations in this work are engraved from pen-and-ink +sketches executed by Walter Langley with a Perry's No. 25 pen.]_ + + + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Story of the Invention of Steel +Pens, by Henry Bore + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORY OF INVENTION OF STEEL PENS *** + +***** This file should be named 9954.txt or 9954.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/9/9/5/9954/ + +Produced by an anonymous Project Gutenberg volunteer. + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/9954.zip b/9954.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ec1c85 --- /dev/null +++ b/9954.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f9e673 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #9954 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/9954) diff --git a/old/ipens10.txt b/old/ipens10.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a4cc87c --- /dev/null +++ b/old/ipens10.txt @@ -0,0 +1,2007 @@ +Project Gutenberg's The Story of the Invention of Steel Pens, +by Henry Bore + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the +copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing +this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook. + +This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project +Gutenberg file. Please do not remove it. Do not change or edit the +header without written permission. + +Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the +eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file. Included is +important information about your specific rights and restrictions in +how the file may be used. You can also find out about how to make a +donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + + +Title: The Story of the Invention of Steel Pens + With a Description of the Manufacturing Process by Which + They Are Produced + +Author: Henry Bore + +Release Date: February, 2006 [EBook #9954] +[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule] +[This file was first posted on November 4, 2003] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK INVENTION OF STEEL PENS *** + + + + + + + THE STORY + OF THE INVENTION + OF STEEL PENS + + WITH A DESCRIPTION OF + THE MANUFACTURING PROCESS BY + WHICH THEY ARE PRODUCED + + BY HENRY BORE + LONDON + + + 1890 + +In these days of Public Schools and extended facilities for popular +education it would be difficult to find many people unaccustomed to +the use of steel pens, but although the manufacture of this article by +presses and tools must have been introduced during the first quarter +of the present century, the inquirer after knowledge would scarcely +find a dozen persons who could give any definite information as to +when, where, and by whom this invention was made. Less than two +decades ago there were three men living who could have answered this +question, but two of them passed away without making any sign, and the +third--Sir Josiah Mason--has left on record that his friend and +patron--Mr. Samuel Harrison--about the year 1780, made a steel pen +for Dr. Priestley. + +This interesting fact does not contribute anything toward solving the +question, Who was the first manufacturer of steel pens by mechanical +appliances? In the absence of any definite information, the balance +of testimony tends to prove that steel pens were first made by tools, +worked by a screw press, about the beginning of the third decade of +the present century, and the names associated with their manufacture +were John Mitchell, Joseph Gillott, and Josiah Mason, each, in his own +way, doing something toward perfecting the manufacture by mechanical +means. + +The earliest references to pens are probably those in the Bible, and +are to be found in Judges v. 14, 1st Kings xxi. 8, Job xix. 24, Psalm +xlv. 1., Isaiah viii. 1, Jeremiah viii. 8 and xvii. 1. But these +chiefly refer to the iron stylus, though the first in Jeremiah--taken +in reference to the mention of a penknife, xxxvi. 23--would seem to +imply that a reed was in use at that period. + +There is a reference to "pen and ink" in the 3d Epistle of John xiii. +5, which was written about A.D. 85, and as pens made in brass and +silver were used in the Greek and Roman Empires at that time, it is +probable that a metallic pen or reed was alluded to. + +Pens and reeds made in the precious metals and bronze appear to have +been in use at the commencement of the present era. The following are +a few notable instances: + +"The Queen of Hungary, in the year 1540, had a silver pen bestowed +upon her, which had this inscription upon it: _'Publii Ovidii +Calamus,'_ found under the ruins of some monument in that country, as +Mr. Sands, in the Life of Ovid (prefixed to his Metamorphosis) +relates. --_"Humane Industry; or, a History of Mechanical Arts," by +Thos. Powell, D.D.: London, 1661, page 61._" + +This was probably a silver reed, and, from the locality in which it +was found, was once the property of the poet Ovid. Publius Ovidius +Naso was born in the year 43 B.C., and died 18 A.D. He was exiled at +the age of 30 to Tomi, a town south of the delta of the Danube. This +at present is in modern Bulgaria, but at the period mentioned was in +the ancient kingdom of Hungary. + +From "Notes and Queries," in Birmingham _Weekly Post_, we take the +following: + +"EARLY METALLIC PENS.---Metallic pens are generally supposed to have +been unknown before the early part of the last century, when gold and +silver pens are occasionally referred to as novel luxuries. I have, +however, recently found a description and an engraving of one found in +excavating Pompeii, and which is now preserved in the Museum at +Naples. It is described in the quarto volume 'Les Monuments du Musee +National de Naples, graves sur cuivre par les meillures artistes +Italienes. Texte par Domenico Monaco, Conservateur du meme Musee, +Naples, 1882,' and is in the Catalogue: + +"' Plate I26 (v) Plume en bronze, taillee parfaitement a la facon de +nos plumes 0.13 cent. + +"' Plate I26 (y) Plume en roseau [reed] trouvee pres d'un papyrus a +Herculaneum.' + +"The former (v) is engraved to look like an ordinary reed pen, as now +used universally in the East; and the other (y) has a spear shape, or +almond shape (like many modern metallic pens), but with a sort of +fillet or ring on the stem, which indicates that the 'y' example is +not a reed, but a metallic stylus, or pen, while the 'v' example is +shown clearly as a 'reed.' The two are, however, certainly older than +A.D. 79, when Pompeii and Herculaneum were buried by the eruption of +Vesuvius." + +According to Father Montfaucon, the patriarchs of Constantinople, +under the Greek Empire, were accustomed to sign their allocutions with +tubular pens of silver, similar in shape to the reed pens which are +still used by Oriental nations. + +The following are translated from the French "Notes and Queries "-- +L'Intermediare:_ + +"A METALLIC PEN IN THE FOURTEENTH CENTURY.--M. Reni de Bellwal, in a +very learned volume which he has published recently, on the first +campaign of Edward III. in France, says (p. 95) with respect to the +fictitious pieces (documents) fabricated by Robert d'Artois, that a +clerk of Jeanne wrote the deeds, and made use of a bronze pen to +enable him the better to disguise his writing. This plainly refers to +a pen, and not to a stylus. Is there any record of the use of +metallic pens at any period anterior to the fourteenth century? It is +very satisfactory, however, to establish (as the French used to say) +_'les preuves de 1300.'"--L'Intermediare. + +In the _Vieux-Neuf_ of M. Ed. Fournier (vol. ii., p. 22, note) there +is mentioned--according to the documents used in the prosecution of +Robert d'Artois, which are in the Archives--'the bronze pen' with +which the forgers in the pay of the count wrote the false papers which +he required. M. Fournier also quotes from 'Montfaucon' 'the silver +reeds' with which the Constantinople patriarchs used to write their +letters."--CUTHBERT, _L'Intermediare,_ 1st June, 1864. + +"METALLIC PENS (XV., 68).-Writing was done in the Middle Ages +sometimes with a metal _stylus,_ or perhaps with a metal pen; with the +former on wax, and with the pen on parchment or vellum. 'At Trinity +College, Cambridge, is a manuscript illustration of Eadwine, a monk of +Canterbury, and at the end the writer is represented with a metal pen +in his hand.' (See Bibliomania in the Middle Ages, p. 103). I have +in my possession a metal pen of Dutch manufacture, dating certainly +from the year 1717, mounted on the same pencilholder, with a piece of +solid plumbago, in a memorandum book of the same year."--SAM: TIMMINS. + +"Mr. Le Chauvine Gal, Prior of the collegiate of St. Peter and St. +Bars at Aosta, had in his collection of Roman antiquities a bronze +pen, slit, found in a tomb, among a number of lamps and lachrymatory +vases. M. Aubert has given a drawing and description of it in a work +on Aosta. It was subsequently stolen from him by a collector."--- +CHAMBERY, Un Savoyard, _L'Intermediare,_ 25th May, 1868. + +"METALLIC PENS,--In a precious volume (an account of the books of the +Decretalia) preserved in the library of Saint Antoine, of Padua, the +following notice is to be found at the bottom of the last page: 'This +work is fashioned and by diligence finished for the service of God, +not with ink of quill nor with brazen reed, but with a certain +invention of printing or reproducing by John Fust, citizen of Mayence, +and Peter Schoeiffer, of Gernsheim, Dec. 17th, 1465, A.D.' Here, +then, we have a document proving the existence of metallic pens in the +Middle Ages. But has any such pen come down to us? If so, could a +detailed description of it be obtained? On the other hand, I am +curious to know if it is possible that platinum was used in the +eighteenth century in the manufacture of pens, or whether it is +necessary to attribute a peculiar meaning to the 'platinum pen' in the +following passage of the system of shorthand by Bertin (edit. of the +year iv., p. 93) (1793). 'Those of steel and platinum are most +convenient; these latter have the advantage of all others, in that +they hold the ink a long time, and run over the paper easily, and are +not liable to corrosion by any simple acid.' I am ignorant of what +the same author means when he mentions the endless pen, which would +certainly be the best. "'--J. CAMUS, _L'Intermediare._ + +"Metallic pens were used before the fifteenth century; they were in +use at the court of Augustus." See _L'Intermed._ (I. 69, 94, 141; II. +319.) Consult also _Le Vieux-Neuf_ Ed. Fournier.--A.D. + +The following extracts show there have been several claimants, on the +Continent, who profess to have invented metallic pens, made from +steel, in the early part of the eighteenth century; but the reader had +better suspend his judgment until he has read the notes that follow +them: + +"A manuscript, entitled 'Historical Chronicle of Aix-la-Chapelle, +second book, 1748,' places on record the claims of Johann Janssen, a +magistrate of that place, as the inventor of steel pens. 'Just at the +meeting of the congress [after the Austrian war] I may without boasting, +claim the honour of having invented a new pen. It is, perhaps, +not an accident that God should have inspired me at the present time +with the idea of making steel pens, for all the envoys here assembled +have bought the first that have been made; therewith, as may be hoped, +to sign a treaty of peace, which, with God's blessing, shall be as +permanent as the hard steel with which it is written. Of these pens, +as I have invented them, no man hath before seen or heard. If kept +clean and free from rust and ink, they will continue fit for use for +many years. Indeed, a man may write twenty reams of paper with one, +and the last line would be written as well as the first. They are now +sent into every corner of the world as a rare thing--to Spain, France, +England and Holland. Others will no doubt make imitations of my pens, +but I am the man who first invented and made them. I have sold a +great number of them at home and abroad at 1s. each, and I dispose of +them as quickly as I can make them."' + +In an article on Writing Instruments, which appeared in the Berlin +_Paper Zeitung,_ on the 19th of May, 1887, the author says: + +"A school teacher of Koningberg, named Burger, in the year 1808, made +pens from metal, but he got poor by his trials. After this time, and +probably imitating the pens of Burger, the English began to take in +hand the manufacture of pens; _especially Perry,_ he having perfected +the pens, as he did not restrict himself to the simple straight slit, +but he made cuts in the sides of different kinds." + +In a pamphlet upon the manufacture of steel pens, published in Paris, +in 1884, the writer says: + +"The invention of the metallic pen is due to a French mechanic-- +Arnoux--who lived in the eighteenth century, who made as far back as +1750 a number of metallic pens as a curiosity. This invention did not +have any immediate result in France but spread to England, and became +in Birmingham, about 1830, a very prosperous industry. A very curious +fact about this trade is that, in England, it does not exist out of +Birmingham, where there are about ten manufactories. In France it has +become localized in Boulogne." + +There is also the "nameless Sheffield Artisan," who so frequently +figures in newspaper paragraphs as the inventor of steel pens; and +William Gadsby, a mathematical instrument maker, who for his own use +constructed a clumsy article from the mainspring of a watch; but it is +not till the beginning of the eighteenth century that we get anything +authentic respecting the making of metallic pens. "Este," writing in +"Local Notes and Queries" _(Birmingham Weekly Post)_ mentions a +remarkable little volume supplied to the members of the States General +of Holland, in the possession of Mr. W. Bragge, of Sheffield, dated +1717. It contained a silver pencil case, in two parts, one holding a +piece of plumbago, mounted like a crayon, and the other a _metallic +pen._ We have seen this unique book (now the property of Mr. Sam: +Timmins). The pen is of the barrel shape, apparently silver, and it +must be regarded as the earliest authentic metallic pen. Of the date +there can be no doubt, as the pen is made to pass through loops in the +cover of the volume to keep it closed, after the manner of pocket +books, and the book bears the date, printed on the title page, 1717. + +Pope, about the same time, received from Lady Frances Shirley a +present of a standish, containing a STEEL and a gold pen. In +acknowledging the receipt of this present, the poet wrote an ode, in +which the following lines occur: + + "Take at this hand celestial arms; + Secure the radiant weapons wield; + This _golden_ lance shall guard desert, + And, if a vice dares keep the field, + This _steel_ shall stab it to the heart. + Awed, on my bended knees I fell, + Received the weapons of the sky, + And dipped them in the sable well-- + The fount of fame or infamy. + What well? What weapon? Flavia cries, + A standish, _steel and golden pen!_ + It came from _Bertrand's,_* not the skies, + I gave it you to write again." + +*_Bertrand_ kept a fancy shop in Bath. He died in 1755. His wife is +mentioned by Horace Walpole, in his letter to George Montague, May +18th, 1749, which letter is printed in his Correspondence. + +In No. 503 of the _Spectator,_ bearing the date of October 7, 1712, +Steele, mentioning the conspicuous manner in which a certain lady +conducted herself in church, says: + +"For she fixed her eyes upon the preacher, and as he said anything she +approved, with one of Charles Mather's fine tablets, she set down the +sentence, at once showing her fine hand, the _gold pen,_ her readiness +in writing, and her judgments in choosing what to write." + +Edmund Waller, about the middle of the seventeenth century, +acknowledged the receipt of a _silver pen_ from a lady, in the +following verses: + + "Madam! intending to have try'd, + The silver favour which you gave, + In ink the shining point I dy'd, + And drench'd it in the sable wave + When, grieved to be so foully stained, + On you it thus to me complained. + + So I, the wronged pen to please, + Made it my humble thanks express + Unto your Ladyship, in these, + And now 'tis forced to confess + That your great self did ne'er indite + Nor that to me more noble write." + +Mr. G. A. Lomas, writing to the _Scientific American,_ November 23, +1878, says: + +"I write to inquire if you can give me information concerning the +manufacture of metal pens in this country. I may be vain in the +supposition, but I am persuaded that my people--the Shakers--were the +originators of metal pens. I write this to you with a silver pen, one +slit, that was made in the vear 1819, at this village, by the Shakers. +Two or three years previously to the use of silver pens, our people +used brass plates for their manufacture, but soon found silver +preferable. Some people sold these pens in the year 1819, at this +village, for twenty-five cents, and disposed of all that could be +made." + +The writer further says the metal was made from silver coins. + +This communication called forth the following from another +correspondent: + +"The letter in the _Scientific American,_ November 23, 1878, with +regard to the early manufacture of steel pens, reminds me of the +following note which appeared in the _Boston Mechanic,_ for August, 1835. +'The inventor of steel pens,' says the _Journal of Commerce,_ was an +American and a well-known resident of our city (New York), Mr. Peregrine +Williamson. In the year 1800, Mr.W., then a working jeweler, at +Baltimore, while attending an evening school, finding some difficulty +in making a quill pen to suit him, made one of steel. It would not +write well, however, for want of flexibility. After a while he made +an additional slit on each side of the main one, and the pens were so +much improved that Mr. W. was called to make them in such numbers as +to eventually occupy his whole time, and that of a journeyman. At +first the business was very profitable and enabled Mr. W. to realize +for the labor of himself and journeyman a clear profit of six hundred +dollars per month. The English soon borrowed the invention, and some +who first engaged in the business realized immense fortunes."' + +We do not know how much reliance may be placed upon this statement, +but, if the last assertion "that those who first engaged in the +business realized immense fortunes" may be taken as a test, the whole +must be received with a grain of salt. The letter appeared in the +_Boston Mechanic,_ in 1835, and at that date there were penmakers who +had made a modest competence, but in no case were they possessed of +immense fortunes. + +In London _Notes and Queries,_ the following appears respecting early +steel pens: + +"THE FIRST STEEL PEN.--(5th S., iii., 395.) Ten years before Dr. +Priestley was born steel pens were in use. There are references to +them in the Diary of John Byrom, who required them when writing +short-hand. In a letter to his sister Phoebe, dated August, 1723, he +mentions them as follows: 'Alas! alas! I cannot meet with a steel pen, +no manner of where I believe I have asked at 375 places, but that +which I have is at your service, as the owner himself always is."' +(Remains, Vol. i., 39.) + +Mr. Ralph N. James, writing to _Notes and Queries,_ gives the +following extract from the very amusing "journey to Paris," by Dr. +Martin Lister, 1698: + +"There was one thing very curious, and that was a _Writing lnstrument_ +of thick and strong silver wire, bound up like a hollow button or +screw, with both ends pointing one way, and at a distance, so that a +man might easily put his forefinger betwixt the two points, and the +point divided in two, just like _our steel pens."_--_London Notes and +Queries,_ vol. iii., page 346. + +This note caused another writer, Mr. C.A. Ward, to send the following: + +"STEEL PENS.--The extract given from Dr. M. Lister's, by Mr. Ralph N. +James, is very interesting. The doctor there speaks of _'our steel +pens,'_ as if they were not at all uncommon. When the poet +Churchill's effects were sold up, after his death, Nov. 10, 1764, they +fetched extravagant prices; 'a common steel pen' brought L.5." +--_London Notes and Queries,_ vol iii., page 474. + +The following extract from _London Notes and Queries_ gives very +plausible reasons against placing confidence in the preceding and +other notices of ancient steel pens: + +"STEEL PENS. (5th S., vol. iii., pp. 346, 474.) May I ask whether, in +giving the interesting references to the use of _steel pens_ before +the time of Priestley (one reference even going so far back as the +seventeenth century) your correspondents have carefully considered +what is meant by the terms. For my own part (of course I maybe quite +wrong) I should naturally have anticipated _steel pens_ in these +references to mean not the modern steel nib for ordinary penmanship, +but the ancient steel pen for drawing lines or ruling circles, such as +is contained in every box of mathematical instruments. This would +explain (to some extent) the great price fetched for a good one of +Churchill's; a mere old steel nib would scarcely enter into a sale at +all. It would explain, too, why a special process of hardening should +be applied to a quill, in order to make it do duty for the steel +instrument. One would scarcely think of hardening a quill in order to +enable it to compete with a steel nib in some of the least desirable +qualities, though one often wishes one could accomplish the reverse +process, and soften or supple a steel 'stick frog,' so as to give it +the elasticity of the grey goose quill. "--V. H. I. L. L. C. IV. (iv., +37, 5th S., _London Notes and Queries._) + +Mr. R. Prosser, author of "Birmingham Inventors and Inventions," in +writing to the compiler of this work, says: + +"It has often occurred to me that some of the very early references to +metallic pens may perhaps mean the draughtsman's 'ruling pen,' and not +an instrument made after the fashion of a quill pen with a slit in it. +That it is possible to write with such an instrument this paragraph +will show, but I must admit that it is not equal to one of Perry's +J's." + +From an entry in "Pepys' Diary," October 24, 1660, _drawing pens_ +appear to have been in use in London, at the time of the Restoration: + +"To Mr. Lilly's, where, not finding Mr. Spong, I went to Mr. +Greatorex, where I met him, and where I bought a _drawing pen._" + +In London _Notes and Queries_ (4th S., xi., 440), the Rev. E. +Smedley, editor of the _Encyclopoedia Metropolitana,_ writing to his +friend, Mr. H. Hawkins, April 10, 1833, says: + +"The process of nibbing and shaving is one which I always abominated, +and for years past I have taken refuge under the _Perryian_ pens. The +one with which I now write has been in use daily, and all day long, +for more than a fortnight, and I consider that it still owes me quite +as much worth as it has already furnished. Every packet contains nine +pens, and on an average two out of that number fail to suit my hand, +but the remaining seven are faithful servants, and their price is 2s." + +In _London Notes and Queries_ (4th S., xii., 57) a writer says: + +"I bought my first steel pen from Bramah, Piccadilly, in 1825. The +price was 1s. 6d. It was very thick and hard, with very little +elasticity. In 1829 I read advertised in the _Times,_ steel pens, +with holder, 3s. per dozen, at Kendal's, in Holborn. They were hand +made, and much easier to write with than Bramah's. Soon after the +price fell, and steel pens became common." + +In _London Notes and Queries (4th S., x., 309), October 19, 1872, Mr. +William Bates, speaking of a visit he paid to an old lady, at Studley +(Worcestershire) about 1825, says that he saw an exquisitely-finished +inkstand of pure gold, the gift of one of the Earls of Plymouth to her +father, 100 years before. The inkstand was provided with a jointed +gold penholder, terminating in a barrel (one slit) pen, resembling the +metallic pen of the present day, except that he found that it would +not write. + +In "Local Notes and Queries," published in the _Birmingham Journal and +Weekly Post,_ there have appeared a number of contributions relating +to the early manufacture of steel pens. We reproduce them here. A +correspondent writing on June 22, 1869, says: "Daniel Fellows, of +Sedgley, made steel pens about 1800." + +Another writer, on the same date, says, "The first makers of steel +pens were John Edwards, Hill Street, and Francis Heeley, Mount Street, +Birmingham." + +Respecting, the former of these, in _Wrightson's Birmingham Directory, +1823, the following advertisement appears: "John Edwards, manufacturer +of improved gold, silver, and _elastic sleel pens,_ mounted in all +kinds of cases, and desk handles, No. 40 Hill Street. N.B.--The pens +are warranted to write exceedingly fine and free." + +This advertisement contained engravings of a barrel and "nibbed" or +"slip" pen. + +J. Sargent, writing from Tettenhall, June 28, 1869, says: + +"A journeyman blacksmith, named Fellows, of Sedgley, was the first +originator of steel pens. I resided at Sedgley in 1822, when Sheldon, +Fellows's apprentice, made some of these pens. He made two for me. I +wrote very well with them. Sheldon himself told me that Mr. Gillott +commenced making the pen from seeing some of his (Sheldon's) make." + +Some one writing under the _nom de plume_ of "Un Qui Sait," says: + +"I distinctly recollect, about the year 1806, being at Fellows's home +in Sedgley, and there seeing Thomas Sheldon, his apprentice, making +steel pens. He knew of an entry in his books of pens bought from +Fellows in 1807. He paid Sheldon L.100 in 1822. He believed Fellows +made pens in 1793. Beilby and Knott (Birmingham stationers) sold +these pens in considerable quantities from 1818 to 1828. Sheldon +continued the trade until it was destroyed through inability to +compete with the machine-made pens of Mitchell and Gillott." + +Another writer, "T. S.," says: + +"In 1815, an uncle of mine used to purchase these pens from Sheldon, +of Sedgley. The price was eighteen shillings per dozen, ten per cent. +for cash. They were barrel shape. B. Smith and Co. had in their +pattern book of engravings of steel toys a drawing of one of these +pens, which were sold at thirty shillings per dozen; also one in a +bone handle, the top of which screwed off, for carrying in the pocket, +at thirty-six shillings per dozen." + +Another correspondent, writing on July 24, 1869, mentions (on +authority of the late Mr. Alderman Yates) that an old man named +Spittle made steel pens before any of the present makers. + +In note 319 this man Spittle is mentioned by another writer, who says: + +"A man named Spittle, one of the earliest makers of steel pens, lived +in Chequers' Walk, Bath Row, Birmingham. He made steel pens for sale, +and charged one shilling each for them. They were made with a tube to +fit on a quill. I bought one from him forty-five years ago (1824)." + +"E.W.," writing in 1869, says: + +"In 1821 there was a B. Smith, steel toy maker, St. Paul's [Mary's] +Square, Birmingham. He had a book of engravings of steel toys, among +which were steel pens, made to screw on and off. This pattern book +might have been one hundred years old. I sold his pens in 1823." + +The Editor of "Notes and Queries" says "Smith's pattern book was +probably fifty years old," and further remarks that steel pens must +have been a regular article of manufacture before they appeared in a +steel toy maker's pattern book. + +"C.J.," in note 372, says: + +"The pattern book of John Barnes, Eagle Works, Wolverhampton, contains +engravings of early steel pens." + +Mr. Robert Griffin says: + +"In 1824 I wrote very much with a steel pen made under the direction +of James Perry--a pen that lasted about eight or nine weeks, writing +eight hours a day." + +In note 344, "Anon" says he remembered his father (who had premises in +Water Street, Birmingham), in the summer of 1823, bringing a tall, +quiet, respectable man to the manufactory. He had a piece of iron, or +steel, which he required to be cut up into strips of about two inches +wide. The man said he was going to get the strips rolled to make into +steel pens. He gave the writer of the note sixpence and a barrel pen +for his trouble. In answer to inquiries the writer put to his father, +the latter stated he did not know the man's name nor where he lived, +but "that he met with him in a smoke room, where he (the father) +sometimes spent his evenings." The writer further remarks: "Where the +man had got his ideas from which induced him to try his hand at making +steel pens I do not know, but I have an impression that there were +several experimenters in existence at that time; and very soon +afterward Mr. William (Joseph) Gillott, with whom my father was on +terms of intimacy, came into notice as a maker of steel pens." This +is a very important statement, as it fixes a date respecting pens +being made from sheet steel. + +One of the oldest toolmakers in the trade has informed us that, about +the year 1823 or 1824, he was frequently taken by his father to visit +an uncle named Clulee, who rented power at the Water Street mill. On +these occasions his father and uncle would talk about the visits of +Gillott to the latter, and the hopeful manner in which he spoke of the +experiments he was then making. Gillott rented power at the Water +Street mill, and was engaged in grinding and finishing penknife +blades, which were inserted in one end of a silver pencil case, which +his relative--Mitchell--was then making. + +Now, who was this "tall, quiet, respectable man?" It could not have +been Gillott, as he was not tall and the father of "Anon" knew him; +and Mitchell was also a short man. We have failed to trace him, and +his identity is lost among the "sowers" who failed to reap the harvest +of their inventions. + +Mr. George Wallis, speaking of steel pens, remarks: + +"I wrote with one when a boy (1822 to 1826), having found several in a +stock of old steel waste in the warehouse of a relative, a retired +ornamental steel worker, at Wolverhampton. These pens were made (so I +was told) for the London market, late in the last or early in the +present century. Certainly they were made fifteen or, perhaps, twenty +years, when I found them, as the manufactory in which they had been +produced had been closed the former number of years. They consisted +of a holder of steel, with flutings and facets. One was solid and +tapered to lighten it; the other had a barrel with an internal screw. +The pen had two screws; one was used to screw the pen into the barrel +for use, and the other to secure it when turned inwards as a protection +when not in use, or to carry in the pocket." + +The following letter from Mr. Alderman Manton to Mr. Sam: Timmins +makes us acquainted with another manufacturer of steel pens: + +"THE METAL PENS OF 1823.--In a badly-constructed and unsanitary +manufactory (Mr. James Collins's), at the back of 119 Suffolk Street, +(Birm.), I witnessed the process of making silver and _steel_ pens. +As both metals were manufactured in the same manner, one description +will serve. It will be remembered by a few that at that time there +was a patent silver pencil case somewhat extensively manufactured, +which in addition to the pencil, had a penknife, _pen_ and toothpick +provided. The penknife was supplied by two brothers--_Joseph and +William Gillott_--who at that time rented a small shop in a corner of +the yard belonging to the rolling mill of George and P.F. Muntz, Water +Street, and from whose engine they obtained the small amount of steam +power needed. The process of making the pens was as follows: Two +narrow strips were cut from a sheet of silver or steel; they were then, +by the help of the hammer and a lead cake, or piece of hard wood, +curved. Afterwards the two strips were placed opposite to each other +on a well-polished steel wire, and drawn through a draw-plate, the +wire and plate being supplied by Wm. Billings, a celebrated tool +manufacturer, occupying premises near the top of Snow Hill (Birm.). +By the aid of a press, a small hole was made at a distance of half an +inch or five-eighths from the end, the slit was then made by a fine +saw made of watch springs. A bent pair of shears was used for cutting +the end of strip into the shape of a pen; and a half-round file or +smooth was used for finishing the pen. The pen was then sawn off the +strip by the same saw which was used for slitting the pen. The only +hardening process was the friction of the draw-plate and steel wire. +I not only witnessed the process, but was a manipulator. The cost of +making at that time, by a journeyman, was 2d. each; by an apprentice, +about one-third of that amount. Within less than thirty years of that +time, in a manufactory adjoining my own, pens were made and sold +(wholesale) at 2d. per gross, and a box containing them into the +bargain." _(Signed)_ Henry Manton, September 15, 1886. + +Mr. T. Vary writes that James Perry began making steel pens in +Manchester, and quotes the _Saturday Magazine_ to show that metallic +pens were given by him as rewards of merit in schools as far back as +1819. + +Mr. James Cocker, writing in the _Sheffield Daily Telegraph,_ in 1869, +says: "That he rolled steel wire for James Perry for penmaking in +1829." + +The death of Mr. Gillott seems to have revived the discussion of the +origin of steel pens, and a correspondent in the Sheffield _Daily +Telegraph,_ in the issue of January 11, 1872, in the following letter, +puts forth a claim on behalf of a Sheffield man: + +"The well-written and well-merited memoir of the late Mr. Gillott, the +Birmingham steel pen maker, which has just appeared in the newspapers, +affords a curious and instructive illustration of the success which +not seldom attends the combined action of ingenuity, industry, +shrewdness, and integrity among our labouring classes. Born in the +humblest rank of our local workmen, a steady scholar in our Boys' +Lancasterian School, and apprenticed to a scissors grinder, the deceased +worked his way upwards into a position of influence and opulence as a +manufacturer, which entitled him to take social rank with the merchant +princes of the land. And if his name has long since ceased to be +familiar among his once contemporary workmen in Sheffield, and is not +even mentioned in the Directory, it has for several years past been +recognized and respected by the visitors at the annual exhibitions of +our School of Art, in connection with the many rare and valuable pictures +lent by him on those occasions. The printed _fac-simile_ of the +autograph appeared in the 'advertising columns' of almost every newspaper +in the world, and perhaps, as an expert might have said, was +characteristic. In the admirable account of his life above referred +to stress is laid upon one prominent and praiseworthy feature of his +character, viz., his readiness to acknowledge the obscurity of his +origin and the steps of his industrial success. In those details no +mention is made of his Sheffield master and predecessor in the +ingenious art of steel pen making. And as the notice alluded to is +without dates, it is difficult to furnish information on the material +point of priority, though the fact of supremacy in the trade is clear +enough. In one of the columns of Lardner's Cyclopedia, published in +1833, the names of Perry, Heeley, and Skinner are mentioned as steel +pen makers. With the latter, who if he did not make wealth, certainly +earned a wide reputation for the low price and excellent temper of his +'steel nibs,' Mr. Gillett was a workman, in Nursery Street, Sheffield, +having gone with his master from the scissors grinding stone to the +making of polished steel ornaments for ladies' work, then fashionable. +How much, in what way, or whether at all, he was indebted to his +experience in Mr. Skinner's establishment may be questionable, but +that he learnt and first saw practised in Sheffield the art that +ultimately enriched him in Birmingham, he would probably be the last +to deny. It is well remembered by a worthy dealer in almost every +useful article, from a mouse-trap to a railroad wagon, that Gillott, +soon after his establishment in Birmingham, came into our townsman's +shop, and seeing on the counter a model steam engine of half-horse +power, at once purchased and carried it off to give motion to some +part of his pen machinery. Brass pens were made in Sheffield before +the close of the last century. They mostly accompanied an 'inkpot,' +called from its users an 'exciseman.' The writer of this paragraph +himself made hundreds of dozens of them, which, however, be never +used, nor steel ones either, as long as he could get a 'goose quill,' +good, bad or indifferent. The matter of slitting the nib was kept +secret by Skinner, and the double slit of Gillott more than doubled +the value of his old master's invention; but a 'four-slit' pen, _i.e., +with five points,_ if possible to make, would be useless. The +earliest experimenter in form and material was Perry, flexibility +being the great desideratum; but it is curious to see how world-wide a +currency Gillott's name and trade have given to the simplest shape; +and still more curious to note how the makers of writing ink and paper +have conformed these articles to the requirements of the uses of the +steel pen. It is always gratifying, and not unprofitable, to contrast +the small and feeble beginnings of any manufacturing enterprise with a +large and well-merited success." + +This communication appears to have caused a Mr. William Levesley to +call upon the writer of the preceding epistle, and the following which +appeared in the _Sheffield Daily Telegraph,_ January 30, 1872, was +written: + +"I have to thank you for the insertion of my queries as to the early +connection of Sheffield with steel pen making. In consequence of the +appearance of my letter in the _Telegraph,_ a cutlery manufacturer of +the name of William Levesley, called upon me, and informed me that he +was not only an early associate with the late Mr. Gillott, of +Birmingham, but the first person who made a steel pen out of London. +Stress has been laid upon Gillott's ability 'to forge and grind a +knifeblade.' It is not likely he ever used the hammer on hot steel, +but he was when young, and working with father, accounted an excellent +penknife grinder; Skinner being a scissors grinder, and Levesley a +workboard hand for the same master. A man of the name of Mitchell +having married Gillott's mother, went to Birmingham, and began the +cutlery business, the latter removing thither to grind for his father- +in-law. His brother had also gone thither, and commenced making an +article that had some run, and may be said to have united the +ingenious handicrafts of Birmingham, viz., the insertion of a penknife +blade at the end of a silver pencil case. Meanwhile, about the year +1825, Levesley saw a steel pen, made by Perry, of London, in Ridge's +shop window, in High Street. He bought it for one shilling, and +immediately set about making tools to imitate and improve upon it. He +spent, he said, L.30 in not unsuccessful, though unremunerative, +experiments. The flypress was at least as well known in Sheffield as +in Birmingham, and its power was at once brought into requisition to +work the tools for shaping, bending, and slitting the pens which were +made out of sheet steel, Perry's being made out of thick wire, rolled +flat, by Cocker, in Nursery Street. In 1829, Levesley was making pens +for sale, and that year is said to be the earliest date of actual +sales in Skinner's ledger. In 1831 he was doing a considerable +business in Sheffield, and making experiments upon the article, as +appears from specimens before me bearing his name. Stress has been +laid upon the improvement of the double slit, introduced by Gillott, +but if Levesley's statement is to be taken literally, he was the +inventor of a specialty upon which, even more than on excellence of +material, the merit of a steel pen is found to depend, viz., the +grinding of a small hollow at the back of the nib, and about the +eighth of an inch from the point. My informant described not only the +beneficial action of this thinning of the metal, as well in yielding +the gradual flow of the ink as in flexibility of writing, but the +pleasure with which he took a specimen to Birmingham to show Gillott, +and the surprise of the latter at so great and so beneficial an +effect, provided by so small a cause. He at once adopted an +improvement of which every pen made by him bears evidence; and when +his friend visited him he told him he had fifty women employed in +grinding pen points. It is pleasant to add that Gillott never visited +Sheffield without calling to see his old friend Levesley, while the +latter spoke of his early and later life with respect and +commendation, especially in his domestic relations. It is pleasing to +review a life of such humble beginnings, culminating in opulence and +usefulness like that of the late Joseph Gillott, of Birmingham; nor is +it less to name in connection therewith, as an early experimenter in +steel pen making, our worthy townsman, William Levesley, to whose +ingenious improvement every writer is so much indebted, and of whose +verbal communication to me the foregoing is an imperfect sketch." + +Now, in this statement, there are some dales given, but others are +omitted, and that is a very unfortunate circumstance. Levesley told +the writer of the article in the _Sheffield Daily Telegraph_ that he +made use of the fly press for working tools for shaping, bending, and +slitting pens. If the writer had only given the date of this it would +have been a valuable contribution toward a history of the invention. +The claim of Levesley to having invented the process of grinding pens +and teaching Gillott seems, to say the least, curious, because the +latter was a Sheffield grinder, and the idea would certainly be quite +as likely to occur to Gillott as Levesley. Besides, why did Levesley +communicate the idea to Gillott in preference to Skinner, with whom he +had business relations? The statement that Gillott had fifty girls +employed when Levesley* called upon him on his next visit to +Birmingham looks like a mistake. Fifty girls would grind on an +average seven thousand gross of pens in a week, and as this +correspondence appears to refer to the early part of Gillott's career, +it is scarcely possible that such a number of pens were produced +weekly at that period. Besides, as a matter of fact, boys were, in +the first instance, employed to grind pens. + +* Mr. Sam: Timmins says, "that Levesley told him that Gillott started +in Birmingham as a jobbing cutler; that Mitchell had the secret of pen +making; that Mitchell sent for Gillott to come to Birmingham, and that +he (J.G.) first lived at the top of Water Street; that Gillott began +to make pens in Bread Street; that Perry made pens from flattened +steel wire, the breadth of the pen (the steel was 3s. 6d. per lb., and +drawn at Old Ford); that he had seen cross grinding (at Gillott's) in +Newhall Street, and fifty women at work; and that pens had double +slits and cut holes. Levesley certainly knew all the Gillott family, +personally, in Sheffield, and he (S. T.) had a long interview with him +shortly before his death, when he mentioned all the facts given here." + +Herr Ignaz Nagel, in his "Report on Writing, Drawing, and Painters' +Requisites," at the Vienna Exhibition, 1873, says: + +"From careful inquiries that we made in Birmingham, we learned that a +knife cutler, of Sheffield, was the first man who had the idea of +making pens of steel, and that a tinman of the name of Skipper +[Skinner], of Sheffield, afterwards manufactured the pens in great +quantities. His son developed the idea still further. This, +according to our informant, was fifty years ago. A steel pen artisan, +working in Birmingham, remembers perfectly well reading the +announcement in a window of the High Street, in Sheffield, 1816: +'Steel pens are repaired here at sixpence apiece.' There was a man +named Spittle, in Birmingham, who used to make steel pens by hand. He +was succeeded by the brothers John and William Mitchell, who were +manufacturers of steel pens, wholesale and by machinery, about forty- +five years ago. Perry came afterwards, and took out a patent for the +first steel pens, and after him Gillott, who had learnt the business +with the Mitchells." + +A writer in _Herbert's Encyclopoedia_ published in 1837, says + +"The first decided attempt to introduce metallic pens to general use +was made by Mr. Wise, whose perpetual pens will doubtless be +remembered by many of our readers. The name of Wise was rendered +conspicuous in most of our stationers' shops some twenty-five or thirty +years since, as the original inventor and general manufacturer of the +steel pens." + +We stated at the beginning of this article that of three men-- +Mitchell, Gillott, and Mason--who might have done something toward +fixing the date of the invention of manufacturing pens by the +adaptation of tools worked by the screw press, only one--Mason--made a +statement: + +"The first making of steel pens that I know of was about the year +1780, by my late friend Mr. Harrison, for Dr. Priestley. He took +sheet steel, made a tube of it, and the part joined formed the slit of +the pen. He then filed away the barrel and formed the pen. I found +some of the identical pens amongst other articles and used them for a +long time. + +"The second mode of making pens was by punching a rough blank out of +thin sheet steel. This blank formed the well-known barrel pen. It +was brought into the barrel shape by rounding, but before rounding it +had to be filed into a better form about the nib, and when rounded in +the soft state, a sharp chisel was used to mark the inside of the pen +which became the slit, after hardening. Before tempering, this mark +was 'tabbered' with a small hammer, and it would crack where the +inside mark was made. Then it was tempered and underwent grinding, +and shaping the nib until a point suitable for fine or broad, as +required. + +"I made barrel pens in 1828, and 'slip' pens for Perry in 1829, and +the first lot of 100 at _one time_ was sent November 20, 1830. +Frequently, lots of 20 or 30 gross were sent between 1829 and 1830, and +in 1831 I sent pens to Perry amounting to L.1421, 1s. 3d. + +"Perry certainly never made a pen as they are now made, viz., the +_slit cut _with press tools; all he made were _cracked_ slit. + +"I made steel barrel pens some time before I made 'slip' pens for +Perry. + +"It is doubtful when metal pens were made. The first I know of were +made by Mr. Harrison, for Dr. Priestley. Perry was certainly not the +first maker of steel pens, but I have no doubt that he was the first +steel _slip pen_ maker, and no doubt the first to use a _goose quill_ +for a pen holder, hence the slip pen. + +"The first stick pen holders I made for Perry in 1832, and for Gillott +in 1835, and sold sticks to Gillott in 1840--L.293 18s. 7d." + +Mason claimed to have made barrel pens for Perry, of London, in 1828, +and "slip or nibbed" pens in 1829; but he does not appear to have made +any claim to priority of invention over Mitchell and Gillott. + +Now, although Mitchell made no claim himself, on the death of Mr. +Gillott the following letter appeared in the _Daily Post:_ + +"The remarks which have appeared in a local paper upon the death of +Mr. J. Gillott, that the steel pen owes its existence to him, and that +the adaptation of machinery to the manufacture of metallic pens was +his invention, lead the public to wrong conclusions. It is due to the +memory of my late father--John Mitchell--that I should state that he +not only made steel pens, but used machinery in their production, for +some time before Mr. Gillott commenced in that branch of business." +--HENRY MITCHELL, January 12, 1872. + +In October, 1876, Mr. Henry Mitchell writes to _Aris's Gazette,_ and +says: + +"You review, in your impression of the 23d inst., a work entitled +'British Manufacturing Industries--the Birmingham Trades,' in which +the history of steel pens forms a prominent chapter. I beg to point +out that my late father's name--John Mitchell--is certainly mentioned +in a list of the manufacturers of the article, and, to my great +surprise, simply so. In a part of the work the author states that +'The early history of steel pens is involved in obscurity.' My object +in writing to you is to remove that obscurity, as I am satisfied you +will be equally desirous of giving honor to whom honor is due. I +claim that honor for my late father--John Mitchell--who was the first +to introduce the making of steel pens by means of tools, which were +purely his own invention, and I will leave it to an enlightened public +to judge if it is not one of the greatest benefits conferred on any +civilized community. Whatever others may have done does not remove +the fact that the inventor I have named was my father; and it is only +due to him that posterity should know who originated the means whereby +millions of human beings of the present time, and generations yet unborn +are, and will be, enabled to communicate their thoughts to each +other with a facility they otherwise would not have had. For, unless +the steel pen had been manufactured by tools and machinery, that useful +article would virtually be at a prohibitory price. The date of +the invention I believe to be 1822 or thereabouts." + +This is very emphatic; but how far may it be taken as an unprejudiced +statement of facts? Well, it has never been contradicted; and Gillott +never made a claim on his own behalf, as having made pens before +Mitchell. Mason gave the year 1828 as the date when he commenced +making pens, so that the evidence is in favor of Mitchell. + +We have heard this statement of Henry Mitchell confirmed by a man who +worked for Mitchell, as a boy, and who remembered pens being made for +Sheldon by Mitchell. It is probable at this early period the pens +were made for a few dealers, and the general public was unacquainted +with the names of the manufacturers. This circumstance has no doubt +contributed to involve in obscurity the early operations of Mitchell +and Gillott. In a notice in _Lardner's Cyclopoedia_ (written by Mr. +John Holland, of Sheffield), published in 1833, the names of three +penmakers only are given--Perry, Heeley, and Skinner. From this it +might be supposed that there were no other penmakers at this date; but +Gillott had taken out a patent in 1831, and the names of both Mitchell +and Gillott appeared as penmakers in _Wrightson's Birmingham +Directory_ for 1830. It cannot be supposed that Mr. Holland wilfully +omitted to mention the names of Mitchell and Gillott, for this writer +was an impartial and painstaking collector of facts, but it is +probable the notice was written some time before it was published; +and, like many little masters, Mitchell and Gillot were only known as +penmakers to the wholesale dealers in Birmingham, upon whom they +depended for orders, consequently Mr. Holland would be ignorant of +their existence. + +In speaking of the demand for steel pens, the writer in Lardner's +says: "The rage originated chiefly, if not altogether, in the +successful speculations of Mr. James Perry, of London, whose pens, +however short their merits may fall of the praise of the inventor, are +certainly superior to most others composed of a like material. Perry +began to make steel pens, in Manchester, in 1819, and in London in +1824." The press and tools with which these pens were made are still +in the possession of Perry and Co., at their warehouse in the Holburn +Viaduct. This fact tends to confirm the statement that Mr. James +Perry was one of the earliest experimenters in the manufacture of the +article. Levesley says he bought one of Perry's pens, which he saw in +a shop window in Sheffield, in 1825, and he took it to his workshop +and improved upon it. This is somewhat similar to the account given by +Mason of his first experiment in pen making. Mason saw a pen of +Perry's in the window of a bookseller named Peart, in Bull Street, +Birmingham, in 1828, which he purchased and took home. Finding he +could produce a better article, which could be sold at a cheaper rate, +he made some and sent them to Mr. James Perry, in, London, and that +gentleman shortly after waited upon Josiah Mason, at his place of +business in Lancaster Street, and the interview resulted in Mason +beginning to make pens for Perry. It will be remembered that the +writer in the _Sheffield Daily Telegraph_ stated that the earliest +experimenter in form and material was Perry. + +Leaving the honor of having originated the application of labor-saving +machinery for the manufacture of steel pens to Mitchell, it would +appear that the merit of having popularized the article is due to +Perry. In 1830, Mr. James Perry issued a circular containing a series +of engravings of metallic pens, showing the improvements he had +patented in their manufacture. In this circular it is stated: "Till +about six months ago the public had heard little of metallic pens. At +present, it would seem that comparatively few of any other kind are in +the hands of any class of the community. This sudden transition may +clearly be traced to the announcement of the Patent Perryian Pens in +various periodicals, about six months ago, and to the general demand +which ensued for that pen in every part of the empire," + +Although this might be regarded as an _ex-parte_ statement, it is +confirmed by independent testimony that Perry popularized the article. +The _Saturday Magazine,_ 1838, says: + +"About twelve years ago (1825), the celebrated Perryian pens first +appeared. Mr. Perry may be regarded in the light of a great improver; +many of his pens are ingenious and original in construction. He +arranges his pens into _genera_ and _species._ Mr. Perry first overcame +the rigidity complained of in steel pens by introducing apertures +between the shoulder and point of the pen, thus transferring the +elasticity of the pen to a position below instead of above the +shoulder. This was the subject of his patent in 1830." + +Mr. Sam: Timmins, in 1866, writes: + +"No skill in manufacture, however, could conquer the prejudice against +any metallic pen, and to Mr. James Perry the world is much indebted +for persevering advocacy of the steel pen, and for one of the most +important improvements in its form. Mr. Perry, with his characteristic +energy, almost forced the steel pen into use, and was supplied +with pens of a first-class quality by Mr. Josiah Mason, of +this town." + +Furthermore, it is certain that about this time, steel pens began +rapidly to supersede the use of quills,* and the trade was recognized +as a rising industry. It is true that it still retained the secretive +character with which its operations were conducted in its earlier +days, which indeed in some respects distinguish it at the present +time. Its activity or dullness seldom troubles the writers of the +"Trade Reports" in the local press, although they sometimes inform +their readers about good orders having been placed for mousetraps, +stove screws, snuffer trays, candle extinguishers, and sad irons. + +*In a humorous article, "The Web-footed Interests," which appeared in +Tait's Edinburgh Magazine, vol. iii., page 280 (1833), there is a +petition to the House of Commons, from Ganders, Geese & Goslings, +setting forth the evils likely to ensue from the use of metallic pens. +It prognosticates depression in agriculture and manufactures +consequent upon a diminution in the amount of grain consumed, and a +falling off in the demand for penknives; and draws an alarming picture +of the possible failure of the supply of iron ware, and the total +extinction of literature, likely to ensue through a stoppage in the +supply of steel pens,--the web-footed interest being supposed to have +ceased to exist. The petition concludes with a prayer that the +manufacture of metallic pens be prohibited. + +To the writers of the present generation, who can purchase fairly-good +pens at one shilling or one shilling and sixpence per gross, it seems +hard to realize that people once gave one shilling each for +substitutes for quills. It is true that quills could then be bought +for a halfpenny and penny each, but how difficult it was to acquire +the art of successfully manipulating the same into a pen the following +anecdote from "Edwards' Life of Rowland Hill" will testify: + +"Mrs. Sinkinson, of Jamaica Row, Birmingham, tells me she went to a +school in Hurst Street, and that she remembered that old Mr. Hill came +one day a week to teach arithmetic, and Rowland [Sir Rowland Hill] on +another to teach writing. In those days there were no steel pens, and +Rowland couldn't mend a pen, so that whenever he came he was +accompanied by his brother, Matthew Davenport, whose office it was to +mend the pens used by the pupils the preceding week." + +Sir Josiah Mason used to relate a similar circumstance in his own +life, when at Kidderminster, that he accompanied his brother Richard, +who was a Sunday-school teacher, to mend the pens. + +Comparing the crude specimens of early steel pens with the finished +productions of the present day, we may be inclined to think that some +praise was due to the people who persevered in the use of them; but +that the purchasers of these early productions did appreciate them we +have the testimony of Mr. Robert Griffin, who says that he wrote for +eight weeks, eight hours a day, with a pen made by Perry, in 1824. +Now, the old _"scribes,"_ as the law stationers' writers were called, +were generally allowed one quill a day, and as the work of the day +usually wore out the longest quill, a considerable amount of time must +have been occupied in the renovation of the article.* This would be a +serious inconvenience to those who could manufacture a quill into a +pen, but as this was by no means an universal accomplishment, we can +form an idea how even these clumsy substitutes found purchasers at +such high prices. + +*The writer recollects the tedious waiting for the patient usher, who +from desk to desk with his penknife, mending pens, and paying very +little attention to anything else; also the wonder felt and expressed +at the first sight of steel nibs, and how they dug into the paper. + + +Tom Hood, in his "Whims and Oddities," gives some idea of the +pre-steel-pen era: + + "In times begone, when each man cut his quill, + With little Perryian skill; + What horrid, awkward, bungling tools of trade + Appeared the writing instruments, home made! + What pens were sliced, hewed, hacked, and haggled out, + Slit or unslit, with many a various snout, + Aquiline, Roman, crooked, square, and snubby, + Humpy and stubby; + Some capable of ladye-billets neat, + Some only fit for ledger-keeping clerk, + And some to grub down, Peter Stubbs, his mark, + Or smudge through some illegible receipt, + Others in florid caligraphic plans, + Equal to ships, and wiggy heads, and swans! + To try in any common inkstands then, + With all their miscellaneous stocks, + To find a decent pen, + Was like a dip into a lucky-box; + You drew, and got one very curly, + And split like endive in some hurly-burly; + The next unslit, a square at end, a spade; + The third, incipient pop-gun, not yet made; + The fourth a broom; the fifth of no avail, + Turned upwards, like a rabbit's tail; + And last, not least, by way of a relief, + A stump that Master Richard, James, or John + Had tried his candle cookery upon, + Making 'roast beef!'" + +These early pens were at first made from a piece of steel formed into +a tube, and filed into the shape of a pen by hand, the joint of the +two edges forming the slit. Afterward a blank was roughly punched +out, filed into shape, and the slit marked out with a chisel while the +blank was in a soft state. It was then shaped, hardened, tempered, +ground, and the slit cracked through by means of a hammer and tool at +the place where the mark had been made. The engravings of the pens by +Edwards, which appeared in _Wrightson's Directory,_ 1823, seem to +indicate that the piercing, side cutting and slitting were executed by +mechanical appliances. Possibly, Edwards was not a manufacturer +himself, but had his pens made for him by Mitchell. + +In the pre-steel-pen era there were many attempts made to supersede +quills. In "Peveril of the Peak," Mistress Chiffinch speaks of her +_diamond pen._ There was a pen the nibs of which were of ruby, set in +gold, made by Doughty. Dr. Wollaston made gold pens tipped with, +rhodium. + +During the time the early makers of steel pens were perfecting the +article, several experimenters were offering to the public writing +instruments made from various materials. Bramah patented _"quill +nibs,"_ made by splitting quills and cutting the semi-cylinders into +sections, which were shaped into pens, and adapted to be placed in a +holder. Hawkins and Mordan, in 1823, made use of horn and tortoise- +shell, which was cut into "nibs," softened in water, and small pieces +of ruby and other precious stones were then embedded in by pressure. +In this way they insured durability and great elasticity. In order to +give stability to the nib thin pieces of gold or other metal were +affixed to the tortoise-shell. + +Looking back at the early operations of the trade, and considering +that steel pens were made by hand at the beginning of the present +century, we can scarcely understand why the idea of cheapening the +production by the application of labor-saving contrivances did not +occur to those inventive geniuses, the proprietors of Soho. Boulton +had expended some time in perfecting the manufacture of steel buttons. +That local Admirable Crichton, Humphrey Jefferies, does not appear to +have ever directed his attention to the manufacture of this article, +which has now become a prime necessity of civilization. Yet we hear +of his success in the improvement of buttons, and button-makers must +have used the screw press and tools for cutting out the blank and +shaping it into form; and the process of slitting had been +anticipated, for printers had a brass rule-cutting machine in use, the +cutters of which bore a strong resemblance to those now used for +slitting steel pens. Like most of the pioneers in the path of +invention, the majority of the early makers of pens were men whose +business pursuits gave them no special facilities for entering upon +the manufacture of steel pens. The progress of the trade from 1829 +(with the exception of the period when Perry and Gillott first +commenced advertising) had been gradual, but satisfactory. In one of +Gillott's early advertisements, he stated that he made 490,361 gross +in 1842, and 730,031 in 1843. This was an advance by leaps and bounds +which has not since been maintained. Although Mason commenced making +pens for Perry in the year 1828, yet it was not till 1861 that his +name became known in England as a steel-pen maker. Many merchants in +Birmingham and Wolverhampton, who purchased steel rings from him, had +no idea that he was a maker of pens; yet on the Continent of Europe +pens bearing his name were eagerly sought after. Subsequent to 1861 +he was associated with Perry, until, in 1876, the trade-marks, +patents, etc., were purchased by a limited liability company, who now, +under the name of "Perry & Co.," have become the largest manufacturers +of pens in the world. + +At the present time (1889) there are thirteen firms engaged in the +trade in Birmingham, and they make up about twenty-four tons of steel +per week into pens and penholder tips. Making due allowance for the +material used in the latter article, this consumption would probably +represent a weekly average production of 200,000 grosses of pens. The +Birmingham penmakers employ about 3,500 women and girls, and 650 men +and boys; and besides these the number of women and girls working at +making paper boxes, in which the pens are packed, would probably +exceed 300. In addition to this there are several mills where steel +is rolled for those firms who have not sufficient power on their own +premises, but there is a difficulty in stating the number of hands +employed. The wages of the females range from four shillings to fifteen +shillings; those of the boys from five shillings to ten shillings. +The unskilled workmen earn from twelve shillings to twenty-four +shillings; and skilled men, or toolmakers, command wages varying from +twenty-five shillings to three pounds. Most of the females work upon +the piece-work system, but the men are paid weekly wages. + +In 1835, upon the authority of a writer in the _Mechanics' Magazine,_ +two tons two hundred weight of steel were used weekly in the +manufacture of pens. Mr. Sam: Timmins made an approximate estimate +that six and a half tons of steel were used per week for steel pens in +1849, and again, in 1886, he gives the amount of steel as having +increased to ten tons. It is at all times difficult to form an +accurate estimate of the quantity of material used, but we believe we +are within the mark in putting down the present consumption of steel +at twenty-two tons weekly. From this it would appear that the trade +has doubled its production during the last twenty years. Besides +these Birmingham houses there are some four or five manufactories on +the Continent, and two in the United States, but their productions +have not increased in the same ratio as that of their English rivals. + +During the last twenty years a great improvement has taken place in +the style of boxes and labels in which the pens are packed. Formerly +(with the exception of the goods issued by Gillott and Sommerville) +most of the pens were sold in boxes of the plainest description; now +the covers or labels are printed in a number of colors from elaborate +designs, by first-class artists, and in some cases the boxes are +ornamented with well-executed portraits of royal, political, literary, +or artistic celebrities. There are many peculiarities connected with +the public taste as manifested in the demand for pens. The Germans +use a greater variety of patterns than any other nation. The English +taste is more restricted, and is generally confined to articles of the +plainer shapes. Autocratic Russia and democratic America make use of +the fewest patterns. By a regulation of the Imperial Government, pens +in boxes, bearing portraits of the Russian royal family are prevented +from entering the country, and in America public taste does not favor +a demand for portrait boxes. By a law which came into operation the +1st of January, 1886, no pens can be imported into Russia bearing the +name of a Russian firm. The probable purpose of this law was to +encourage the establishment of a Russian manufactory. At present +there are no pen works in Russia. An attempt was made in Moscow, in +1876-8, to manufacture steel pens, but the experiment proved a +failure. The Germans and French are the largest buyers of first-class +pens, but the Italians are content with articles of the commonest +character. The chief demand for three-pointed pens comes from Spain. +At present the demand for steel pens is chiefly confined to European +nations and their descendants. The great Asiatic nations still write +with pens made from reeds, or camel-hair pencils. A few of the +natives of India and Japan, and some of the subjects of the Sultan and +Khe'dive are beginning to make use of steel pens adapted to the +peculiarities of their writing. From this it would appear that the +possibilities of the progress of the trade in the future are very +favorable; but in the meantime its productions are scattered over the +globe, and even in some of the darkest corners of the earth pioneers +of civilization are to be found transcribing the results of their +experience with the aid of that great factor of nineteenth-century +progress--an English Steel Pen. + + + + THE MANUFACTURING PROCESSES + OF STEEL PENS. + +The steel from which the greater part of the metallic pens are +manufactured comes from Sheffield. Notwithstanding the many names +given by the venders of steel pens to the material from which they are +manufactured there are but two sorts--good and bad--and therefore +Peruvian, Damascus, Amalgam, and Silver Steel are but fancy names. As +a matter of fact, where a number of prefixes are used to describe the +quality of an article it is generally found to have no claim to any of +them. + +The raw material is received from Sheffield in sheets six feet in +length, one foot five inches in width, and 23 or 26 Birmingham +wire-gauge in thickness. The first operation is the cutting of these +sheets into strips of convenient width. They are then packed in an +oblong iron box, placed with the open top downward in another box of +the same material, and the interstices are filled up with a +composition to exclude the air. The boxes are placed in a muffle, +where they remain until they have gradually attained a dull red heat, +and the muffle is allowed to gradually cool, or else the boxes are +placed in a cooling chamber. When the boxes have been reduced to a +temperature which will admit of their being handled, the contents +(technically called a charge) are emptied out. Now, it will be found +that the strips of steel are covered with bits of small scale, +sticking to them like a loose skin, and if this were not removed +before the next process--rolling--the steel, instead of being +perfectly smooth, would be marked with a number of indentations, +rendering it very unsightly. In order to get rid of this excrescence, +the strips are immersed in a bath of diluted sulphuric acid, which +loosens the scale, and are then placed in wood barrels to which broken +pebbles and water are added. The barrels are kept revolving until the +whole of the scaly substance has been removed and the strips have +assumed a silver-gray appearance. The steel is now ready for +manipulation in the rolling mill, where it is passed between +successive pairs of rolls until it has been reduced to the required +gauge, and this operation has to be performed with such nicety that a +variation of one thousand part of an inch in the thickness of the +strip would make such an alteration in the flexibility of the pens +made from it as to cause considerable dissatisfaction to the +purchasers of the article. + +The steel on leaving the mill is conveyed to the gauging room, and it +will be found to have increased to three times its original length, +and now appears with a bright surface. Hitherto the operations have +been conducted by men and boys; but now, in the course of manufacture, +the pens will enter on a series of processes in which the quick and +delicate fingers of women and girls play an important part. The +strips of steel are now given out to the cutters. The _Toolmaker,_ +who, as a rule, both makes and sets the tools, has placed in what is +known as a bolster a die, having a hole perforated through it of the +exact shape of the blank to be cut; and attached to the bottom of the +screwed bolt of the press is a punch, also bearing the exact shape of +the blank. The girl with her left hand introduces one of the strips +of steel at the back of the press, and, pulling the handle toward her +with the right hand, the screw descends, driving the punch into the +bed, and in so doing has perforated the strip of steel with a +scissors-like cut, making a blank which falls through the opening in +the die into a drawer below. Now, with her left hand she pulls the +strip toward her until it is stopped by a little projection called a +guide; and again the right hand moves the handle, the screw descends, +and another blank is cut. The operation is continued until the whole +of one side of the strip is perforated; it is then reversed and the +other side treated in a similar way. If you were to hold up the strip +thus manipulated--now called scrap--you would find that in some +particular part the perforations approach so nearly to each other as +to form a slight bar, which breaks easily between the thumb and +finger. This is rendered necessary from the fact that steel scrap is +worth only one-fifth of the value of the raw material, and, as under +the most favorable conditions, the scrap averages one-third the +original weight given out for cutting, it behooves the manufacturer to +reduce the scrap as much as practicable. If these blanks are +examined, a small V-shaped indentation, looking like a defect, will be +found upon the upper edge of that part inserted in the holder. This +small mark plays an important part in the succeeding processes. To a +casual observer there does not appear much difference between the two +sides of the blank; but, however well the tools are made, that side of +the blank which is uppermost in cutting out will be rougher than the +under side. This mark enables the operator to distinguish at a glance +the smooth side, and by always keeping the rough side upward the burr +is polished off in a later process. The blanks are now ready to be +passed to the next process--_marking._ This operation is performed by +a female, with the aid of a stamp. The precise mark required is cut +upon a piece of steel, and, being placed in the hammer of the stamp, +the girl puts her right foot into a stirrup attached to a rope, which +is passed round a pulley, and, pressing downward, causes the hammer to +ascend. Taking a handful of blanks with her left hand, by a dexterous +motion she makes a little train of them between the thumb and finger +in parallel order, presenting the first in the most ready position to +be passed to the other hand. The right hand is brought toward the +left, and, taking a blank, places it with the point toward the worker +in a guide upon the bed of the stamp, then by suddenly letting the +hammer descend a blow is struck upon the blank, which gives an +impression of the name cut upon the punch. The quick fingers of the +operator pass backward and forward with such rapidity that a skillful +girl will mark from two hundred to two hundred and fifty gross per +day. If the mark required is unusually large, the marking process is +deferred until after the pen has been pierced, in order that the blank +may be annealed (or softened), which takes the impression more readily +than the hard steel. + + +Now, in order to make a metallic pen suitable for writing it is +necessary to consider some means of producing elasticity, and also to +devise some method by which the smooth steel shall cause the ink to +attach itself to the pen. This is brought about by the next process-- +_piercing._ In this operation the tools are of a very delicate +character, and as the center pierce (the aperture in which the slit +terminates) is frequently of an ornamental design the tools, being +small, have to be made with great precision. The piercing punch and +bed having been fixed in a screw press, and an ingenious arrangement +of guides fastened thereto, the girl selects a blank from a tray on +her left hand, and, placing it in its proper position by the aid of +the guides, pushes the fly of the press from her, the screw descends, +driving the punch into the bed, and the operation of piercing is +completed. + +The blanks are still moderately hard, and before they can be made to +take the shape of a pen it is necessary that they should be softened, +which is effected by the process called _annealing._ The blanks +having been freed from the dust and garbase that has become attached +to them are carefully placed in round iron pots, which are again +inclosed in larger ones and covered over with charcoal dust to prevent +the entrance of gases, and put into the muffle, heated to a dull red, +and then allowed to cool. + +The blanks are now soft and pliable, readily taking the various shapes +into which pens are made by the next process, called _raising._ This +operation is performed by the aid of a punch and die fitted into a +screw-press. The punch is fitted into a contrivance called a false +nose, fixed in the bottom of the screw of the press; and the die or +bed is placed in a cylindrical piece of steel (called a bolster) with +a groove cut for the reception of the die, the bolster being fastened +to the bottom of the press by a screw underneath. The punch and die +being fixed so as to exactly fit each other, the toolmaker places a +small piece of tissue paper between them, takes an impression, +examines it, and proceeds to rectify any inequality in the pressure, +so as to insure perfection in the shape. This being accomplished, the +toolmaker fixes four pieces of steel (called guides) to the bolster in +such positions that the operator is enabled to slide the blank into +the bed, where it is held by the guides till the punch descends, +forces the blank into the bed, and gives the pen its shape. The +article is now narrower than it was in its blank form, and the girl +pushes it through the tools with a small stick held in the hand with +which she works the press handle, while with the other hand she places +another blank in its position in the bed. + +The pen is now shaped or raised, but it is still soft, and +consequently another process is necessitated--_hardening._ This is +effected by placing the pens in thin layers in round pans with lids. +They are placed in the muffle for a period varying from twenty to +thirty minutes, during which time they have acquired a bright red +heat. The workman then withdraws them and empties the contents into a +large bucket immersed in a tank of oil. The bucket is perforated at +the bottom, and being elevated, the oil drains off. The pens are next +placed in a perforated cylinder, which, being set in motion, revolves +and drains off the remainder of the oil. The pens are still greasy, +and as brittle as glass; and in order to free them from the grease +they are again placed in perforated buckets and immersed in a tank of +boiling soda water. After they are freed from the grease the pens are +put into an iron cylinder, which is kept revolving over a charcoal +fire until they are softened or tempered down to the special degree +required. In this process the workman is guided by the color, which +indicates the varying temperature of the metal of which the articles +are made. Brittleness has given place to pliability, but the pens are +black in color and scratch at the point, and to remedy this defect +they are subjected to the next process--_scouring._ In order to do +this the pens are dipped in a bath of diluted sulphuric acid--called +pickle--which frees the articles from any extraneous substances they +may have acquired in the hardening and tempering processes. This +requires to be done with great care, or the acid would injure the +steel. The pens are then placed in iron barrels with a quantity of +water and small pebbly-looking material. This latter material is +composed of annealing pots broken and ground fine enough to pass +readily through a fine riddle. The barrel being set in motion, the +pens are scoured for periods varying from five to eight hours, and are +placed again in barrels with dry pot for about the same period, after +which they are put into other barrels together with a quantity of dry +sawdust. On being taken out of these barrels the body of the pen has +acquired a bright silver color, and the point has been rounded. + +The article has now the shape and appearance of a finished pen, and +yet it possesses none of its characteristics, and, if tried, will be +found to have no more action than a lead pencil, as it is deficient in +that important part of a writing instrument--the slit. Before being +slit the pen is ground between the centre pierce and the point. This +process is performed by girls, with the aid of what is called a "bob" +or "glazer." The "bob" is a circular piece of alder wood about ten +and a half inches in diameter and half an inch in width. Round this a +piece of leather is stretched and dressed with emery. A spindle is +driven through the centre, and the two ends placed in sockets. The +"bob" is set in motion by means of a leather band, and the girl +holding a pen firmly, with a light touch grinds off a portion of the +surface. + +This operation being completed, the last and most important mechanical +operation has to be performed--_slitting._ The tools with which this +process is effected are two oblong pieces of steel about an inch and a +half long, three-eighths of an inch thick, and an inch and a quarter +wide. These are called the cutters, and upon the preparation and +setting of these the successful issue of the process depends. The +edges of these cutters are equal in delicacy to the cutting edge of a +razor, but the shape is more suggestive of a portion cut from the +thickest part of a large pair of shears. The cutter being fixed in +the press, a pair of guides are screwed on either side, and a small +tool called a table, or rest, being attached to the contrivance called +a bolster, which holds the bottom cutter, the operator takes a pen, +places it on the table, pushes the point up toward the guide, pulls +the handle, the upper cutter descends, meets the lower one, and the +process of slitting is completed. + +Now, although this operation completes the mechanical processes of pen +making, the article is by no means finished. If you examine the pen +now you will find that the outer edge of each point is smooth, while +the inside edges which have just been made by the slit are sharp and +scratch. To remove this defect the operation of "barreling" has to be +again resorted to. The pens are again placed in the iron barrels with +pounded pot, kept revolving from five to six hours, and finally +polished in sawdust. + +The pens are now of a bright silver-steel color and perfectly smooth, +but as they are required in various tints, they are colored and +afterward varnished to prevent rust. To accomplish the first of these +results the articles are placed in a copper or iron cylinder and kept +revolving over a coke fire until the requisite tint is obtained, the +color depending upon the temperature of the cylinder. If the pens are +intended to be lacquered they are placed in a solution of shellac +dissolved in methylated spirits. The spirit is drained off, and the +pens are placed in wire cylinders and kept revolving until the action +of the air dries the lacquer. They are then scattered upon iron +trays, inserted in an oven, and the heat diffuses the lacquer equally +over the surface of the pens, so that when they have cooled down they +have a glossy appearance, which gives to them an air of finish and +prevents rust. + +The pen is now finished as far as manufacturing processes are +concerned, yet before it can be offered to the public it has to +undergo a rigid examination called _"looking over."_ This is +performed by trained girls, and when the defective ones have been +sorted out the good pens are sent to the finished warehouse to be put +up into boxes. These boxes are of various descriptions, adapted to +suit the markets for which they are intended. In many instances the +labels which form the covers of the boxes are elaborately printed from +first-class designs, and some of them have highly-finished steel +engravings of royal personages and celebrities in the scientific, +literary, musical, and political world. The quantities contained in +these boxes vary with the countries for which they are intended; for +the manufacturers study the wants of their customers, and do not offer +articles counted in dozens to people who reckon by tens. + +We have now traced the manufacture of this little article from its +beginning as a plain piece of steel through all its stages until it +has developed into that indispensable requisite of daily life--a pen. + + HISTORY OF THE PERRYIAN + PEN WORKS. + +The firm of Messrs. Perry & Co., London, was founded in the year 1824 +by Mr. James Perry, who carried on business originally in Manchester, +then in London. Mr. James Perry died in the year 1843. Mr. Stephen +Perry, who conducted the business afterward in partnership with Mr. +Hayes and others, died in the year 1873, and was succeeded by his +sons, Messrs. Joseph John and Lewis Henry Perry. The firm of Perry & +Co. was known all over Europe as the house which first introduced to +the commercial world steel pens of a superior quality, and in many +countries steel pens are now known under the general denomination of +_"Perry pens."_ The first pens were manufactured by Perry & Co. in +London, principally from flattened or ribbon steel wire, and in the +year 1828 Mr. Josiah, afterward Sir Josiah, Mason, _then a +manufacturer of steel split rings,_ produced steel pens so much +superior to the pens made up to that period that Messrs. Perry & Co. +entered into contracts with him for the sole supply of all the pens +they might require; this connection continued up to the time of the +formation of this company. In the meantime, Messrs. Perry & Co. had +also introduced the sale of elastic bands and pencil cases; the +production of the latter was confided to Mr. W.E. Wiley, who, in the +year 1850, began the manufacture first of gold pens, afterward of +pencil cases. Messrs. Perry & Co. also contracted with Mr. Wiley for +the purchase of all the pencil cases they might dispose of, and thus +Mr. Wiley's works assumed gigantic proportions. Mr. Alfred +Sommerville, who had been connected with the steel-pen trade since its +infancy, established the firm of A. Sommerville & Co. in the year +1851. Although he, in the year 1857, began manufacturing steel pens in +connection with a partner, he likewise contracted with Mr. Josiah +Mason for a superior class of steel pens, principally intended for the +Continental markets, and many of which were either his own invention +or suggested by him. Mr. Sommerville desiring to retire from +business, Sir Josiah Mason purchased his trade in the year 1870, but +continued to carry it on under the old style of A. Sommerville & Co. +These four businesses being so intimately connected and dependent upon +each other, some gentlemen of eminence in the manufacturing town of +Birmingham decided, in conjunction with some of the leading +proprietors, to establish a limited company, for the purpose of +uniting and amalgamating inseparably the various establishments, and +thus the company of _"Perry & Co., Limited,"_ was formed. + +On the spot forming the principal entrance to the works, Mr. Samuel +Harrison, in the year 1778, founded a manufactory in which he carried +on his invention of steel split rings; but Mr. Harrison, who was an +ingenious mechanic, also manufactured mathematical instruments, some +of which were used by Dr. Priestley in his researches, and on one +occasion he made a steel pen for Dr. Priestley, probably the first +steel pen ever produced. Mr. Josiah Mason succeeded to the business +of Mr. Harrison in 1823, and in 1828 began the manufacture of steel +pens. For several years he gave his whole attention to improvements +in the manufacture of steel pens, and Mr. Perry took out several most +important patents for the improvement of steel pens, many of which +have not been surpassed in ingenuity or in utility, and the principal +among them, the so-called "double patent," is universally applied by +the pen trade to a great number of pens to this very day. In 1842 Mr. +Mason's attention was absorbed by the process of electroplating and +gilding, at that time invented and carried on by Mr. Elkington, in +partnership with whom he founded the great firm of Elkington, Mason & +Co. For some years the production of pens flagged, but in 1852 a +nephew of Sir Josiah Mason, Mr. Isaac Smith (deceased in 1868), gave a +new stimulus to the manufacture of pens, and from that time the +production gradually increased until it assumed its present +proportions. The manufactory now covers nearly two acres; it occupies +a whole square and fronts four streets. In the building fronting +Lancaster Street (five stories high) the offices, warehouses and +storerooms of finished goods are distributed. The underground floor +forms a huge machine shop, in which all the presses, rolls, and +general iron and machine work employed throughout the manufactory are +produced by skillful mechanics. Behind the front building there are +several courtyards and quadrangles, in the largest of which are placed +in a row five double-flue boilers, each 20 feet long by 7 feet +diameter, working at a pressure of more than 55 lb. to the square +inch, supplying the steam power both for propelling the steam engines +and for heating the manufactory. In the rolling mill, measuing 64 by +38 feet, three double-cylinder engines, working up to 293 indicated +horsepower, give motion to 18 pairs of rolls, rolling four to six +tons of steel per week. The largest workshops are the slitting and +grinding rooms, 64 by 38 feet, the latter 24 feet high. In the +slitting room 90 girls apply the last mechanical process to the +manufacture of steel pens, in slitting them by presses of ingenious +construction. In the grinding room more than 160 girls are busily +employed cross and straight grinding steel pens on wood cylinders +covered with emery. The room in which the finished pens are placed in +boxes measures 54 by 30 feet, and in it alone are employed 50 girls +boxing and labeling steel pens, or fitting penholder tips on handles +of various materials, principally of cedar. In that part of the +building having a frontage on Corporation Street there is a dining +room 86 feet 6 inches long by 68 feet wide, fitted up with tables to +accommodate 600 people. Here the employees are served with a warm +dinner at prices varying from 2d. to 6d. At one end of the room there +is a stage, where dramatic entertainments and concerts are given in +the winter season by the workpeople. At the other end there is a +library, in a glazed partition, containing about 2,000 volumes of +standard works. These books are issued to the hands employed by the +firm free. One of the important features of this manufactory is the +employment of muffles heated by gas produced from Siemens's gas +generators. These muffles allow the heat to be regulated to a nicety, +and enable the company to carry on the process of annealing and +hardening to very great perfection. + +The manufacture of steel pens employs in all about 900 workpeople, the +weekly production is 45,000 gross, which quantity will shortly be +increased to 50,000 gross, per week. Six smaller steam engines are +employed independently of those already mentioned in various parts of +the works. The manufacture of penholder sticks is carried on in two +separate buildings. Penholder sticks were produced by Mr. Mason as +far back as 1835, but their manufacture had lapsed; it was only +resumed eight years ago, since which time, by new and ingenious +machinery, principally the inventions of Mr. W. E. Wiley, the managing +director, it has assumed proportions of great magnitude. + +The pencil case and solitaire works carried on by Mr. Wiley, first +alone, and then in co-partnership with his son in Graham Street, have +now been transferred to Lancaster Street. + +Pencil cases, first introduced by Messrs. Mordan & Lund, in London, +have undergone various changes and improvements, the principal of +which was a lead holder passing through the point of the pencil case, +which was slit for that purpose. This invention was patented by Mr. +Wiley in the year 1857, and created a complete revolution in the +pencil-case trade, as it enabled the manufacturers to use a thicker +and longer lead, which could be propelled and withdrawn at will and +would last in daily use more than six months. This patented mechanism +was introduced into cases made from hard wood, bone and ivory, but +since the year 1868 a composition called aluminium gold, so resembling +gold that it cannot be distinguished from it, and resisting the +effects of oxidation, consequently free from tarnish, made a further +revolution in the pencil-case trade, enabling the million to possess +an elegant and highly-wrought pencil case at a very moderate price. +Messrs. Perry & Co., of London, gave to this manufacture publicity in +every part of Europe, and the quantities produced and sold are +incredible. + +In 1874 a new patent was added to the many inventions for which this +establishment was famous. Its purpose was to produce a solitaire stud +made in two parts, so as to enable its ready application without the +trouble of passing a button of large diameter through a small +buttonhole. A self-acting steel spring is fixed in the upper part of +the stud, and snaps as soon as inserted into the lower part, where a +slight pressure on two projections releases the springs and permits +the separation of the two parts. These solitaires are manufactured of +gold, silver, and a variety of other metals, the principal of which is +gold plate. There are now more than five hundred patterns in +existence, and this useful manufacture grows daily in extension. +Perry & Co.'s paper binders, an article now universally used for +fastening together loose papers, cloth patterns, etc., are produced in +infinite styles and sizes, principally by self-acting machinery. + +The total number of workpeople employed in the company's manufactories +exceeds 1,300. + +The business of Perry & Co. was carried on for more than forty years +at 37 Red Lion Square, London, but the increase of business and the +reconstruction of London required that a more central position should +be found for the development of the commercial department of the +company. Large and handsome warehouses having been constructed on the +Holborn Viaduct, the company transferred their London depot to a +building five stories high on the side fronting the Holborn Viaduct +and eight stories high at the back. In this immense warehouse are +stored not only the produce of the manufactories of this company, but +also special articles for which this firm has been famous for the last +thirty years, principally the elastic or endless bands, patented by +Mr. Daft and Mr. Stephen Perry, and originally introduced by Perry & +Co. in conjunction with McIntosh & Co., afterward in conjunction with +Warne & Co. Perry's Royal Aromatic Bands are now an indispensable +article, and may be procured in every city of the world. Every +fancy article required by stationers can be found in these vast +stores. An illustrated price current which appears monthly, and which +numbers more than 120 pages, gives fair idea of the variety of +articles of which samples and stock can be found ready for daily +delivery. The increase of business has been so rapid that the company +found it necessary to lease the adjoining premises, which is stored +with some of the two thousand articles forming the staple trade of the +London depot, and the principal of which are the following: American +Letter Files, Clips (now manufactured in Lancaster Street), Marking +and other Inks, Aromatic Bands, Audascript Pens, Bostonite Goods, +Cigar Lighters, Copying Ink and Copying Ink Powder, Copying Ink +Pencils, Copying Presses, Corrugated Imperial Bands, Essence of Ink, +Grease Extractors, India Rubber for Erasing, Ink and Pencil Erasers, +Ink Extractors, Patent and other Inkstands in every variety, Key +Rings, Letter Clips, Letter Files, Metallic Books, Paper Binders, +Pencil Point Protectors, Pencils and Pencil Cases, Penholders, Pen +Knives, Pen Racks, Gold Pens, Portfolios, Presses, Scotch Tartan Fancy +Goods, Solitaires or Sleeve Links, etc., etc., etc. + +This establishment is under the exclusive management of Mr. Joseph J. +Perry, managing director. + +_[The illustrations in this work are engraved from pen-and-ink +sketches executed by Walter Langley with a Perry's No. 25 pen.]_ + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Story of the Invention +of Steel Pens, by Henry Bore + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK INVENTION OF STEEL PENS *** + +This file should be named ipens10.txt or ipens10.zip +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, ipens11.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, ipens10a.txt + +Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections, +even years after the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our Web sites at: +http://gutenberg.net or +http://promo.net/pg + +These Web sites include award-winning information about Project +Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new +eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!). + + +Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement +can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03 + +Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text +files per month: 1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+ +We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002 +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks! +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated): + +eBooks Year Month + + 1 1971 July + 10 1991 January + 100 1994 January + 1000 1997 August + 1500 1998 October + 2000 1999 December + 2500 2000 December + 3000 2001 November + 4000 2001 October/November + 6000 2002 December* + 9000 2003 November* +10000 2004 January* + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people +and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut, +Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois, +Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, +Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New +Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, +Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South +Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West +Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. + +We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list +will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states. +Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally +request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and +you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have, +just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are +not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting +donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to +donate. + +International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about +how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made +deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are +ways. + +Donations by check or money order may be sent to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + +Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment +method other than by check or money order. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by +the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN +[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are +tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fund-raising +requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be +made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information online at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this eBook, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + eBook or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the eBook (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only +when distributed free of all fees. Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by +Michael S. Hart. Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be +used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be +they hardware or software or any other related product without +express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END* + diff --git a/old/ipens10h.htm b/old/ipens10h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2907a4f --- /dev/null +++ b/old/ipens10h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,2344 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> +<html> +<head> +<title>The Project Gutenberg E-text of “The Story of the Invention of Steel Pens +with a Description of the Manufacturing Process by Which They Are Produced”, by Henry Bore</title> +<meta HTTP-EQUIV="content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1"> +<style type="text/css"> +body {text-align: left} +</style> +</head> + +<body> + + +<pre> + +Project Gutenberg's The Story of the Invention of Steel Pens, by Henry Bore + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the +copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing +this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook. + +This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project +Gutenberg file. Please do not remove it. Do not change or edit the +header without written permission. + +Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the +eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file. Included is +important information about your specific rights and restrictions in +how the file may be used. You can also find out about how to make a +donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + + +Title: The Story of the Invention of Steel Pens + With a Description of the Manufacturing Process by Which They Are Produced + +Author: Henry Bore + +Release Date: February, 2006 [EBook #9954] +[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule] +[This file was first posted on November 4, 2003] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK INVENTION OF STEEL PENS *** + + + + + +</pre> + + +<br> +<br> +<h3 align="center"> +THE STORY<br> +OF THE INVENTION<br> +OF STEEL PENS<br> +</h3> +<br> +<h4 align="center"> +WITH A DESCRIPTION OF<br> +</h4> +<h3 align="center"> +THE MANUFACTURING PROCESS BY<br> +WHICH THEY ARE PRODUCED<br> +<br> +BY HENRY BORE<br> +LONDON<br> +</h3> +<br> +<h4 align="center"> +NEW YORK<br> +</h4> +<h3 align="center"> +1890 +</h3> + +<br><br><br> +<center> +<a href="#mfg">Click Here to go straight to "The Manufacturing Processes of Steel Pens"</a><br> +<a href="#perry">Click Here to go straight to "History of the Perryian Pen Works"</a> +</center> +<br><br><br> +<p> +In these days of Public Schools and extended facilities for popular +education it would be difficult to find many people unaccustomed to +the use of steel pens, but although the manufacture of this article by +presses and tools must have been introduced during the first quarter +of the present century, the inquirer after knowledge would scarcely +find a dozen persons who could give any definite information as to +when, where, and by whom this invention was made. Less than two +decades ago there were three men living who could have answered this +question, but two of them passed away without making any sign, and the +third—Sir Josiah Mason—has left on record that his friend and +patron—Mr. Samuel Harrison—about the year 1780, made a steel pen +for Dr. Priestley. +</p> + +<p> +This interesting fact does not contribute anything toward solving the +question, Who was the first manufacturer of steel pens by mechanical +appliances? In the absence of any definite information, the balance +of testimony tends to prove that steel pens were first made by tools, +worked by a screw press, about the beginning of the third decade of +the present century, and the names associated with their manufacture +were John Mitchell, Joseph Gillott, and Josiah Mason, each, in his own +way, doing something toward perfecting the manufacture by mechanical +means. +</p> + +<p>The earliest references to pens are probably those in the Bible, and +are to be found in Judges v. 14, 1st Kings xxi. 8, Job xix. 24, Psalm +xlv. 1., Isaiah viii. 1, Jeremiah viii. 8 and xvii. 1. But these +chiefly refer to the iron stylus, though the first in Jeremiah—taken +in reference to the mention of a penknife, xxxvi. 23—would seem to +imply that a reed was in use at that period +</p> + +<p> +There is a reference to “pen and ink” in the 3d Epistle of John xiii. +5, which was written about A.D. 85, and as pens made in brass and +silver were used in the Greek and Roman Empires at that time, it is +probable that a metallic pen or reed was alluded to. +</p> + +<p> +Pens and reeds made in the precious metals and bronze appear to have +been in use at the commencement of the present era. The following are +a few notable instances: +</p> + +<blockquote> +“The Queen of Hungary, in the year 1540, had a silver pen bestowed +upon her, which had this inscription upon it: <i>'Publii Ovidii +Calamus,'</i> found under the ruins of some monument in that country, as +Mr. Sands, in the Life of Ovid (prefixed to his Metamorphosis) +relates. —<i>“Humane Industry; or, a History of Mechanical Arts”, by +Thos. Powell, D.D.: London, 1661, page 61.</i> +</blockquote> + +<p> +This was probably a silver reed, and, from the locality in which it +was found, was once the property of the poet Ovid. Publius Ovidius +Naso was born in the year 43 B.C., and died 18 A.D. He was exiled at +the age of 30 to Tomi, a town south of the delta of the Danube. This +at present is in modern Bulgaria, but at the period mentioned was in +the ancient kingdom of Hungary. +</p> + +<p> +From “Notes and Queries,” in Birmingham <i>Weekly Post</i>, we take the +following: +</p> + +<blockquote> “EARLY METALLIC PENS.—-Metallic pens are generally supposed to have +been unknown before the early part of the last century, when gold and +silver pens are occasionally referred to as novel luxuries. I have, +however, recently found a description and an engraving of one found in +excavating Pompeii, and which is now preserved in the Museum at +Naples. It is described in the quarto volume 'Les Monuments du Musée +National de Naples, gravés sur cuivre par les meillures artistes +Italienes. Texte par Domenico Monaco, Conservateur du même Musée, +Naples, 1882,' and is in the Catalogue:<br><br> + “' Plate I26 (v) Plume en bronze, taillée parfaitement a la facon de +nos plumes 0.13 cent. +<br> + +“' Plate I26 (y) Plume en roseau [reed] trouvée près d'un papyrus à +Herculaneum.' +<br> + +“The former (v) is engraved to look like an ordinary reed pen, as now +used universally in the East; and the other (y) has a spear shape, or +almond shape (like many modern metallic pens), but with a sort of +fillet or ring on the stem, which indicates that the 'y' example is +not a reed, but a metallic stylus, or pen, while the 'v' example is +shown clearly as a 'reed.' The two are, however, certainly older than +A.D. 79, when Pompeii and Herculaneum were buried by the eruption of +Vesuvius.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +According to Father Montfaucon, the patriarchs of Constantinople, +under the Greek Empire, were accustomed to sign their allocutions with +tubular pens of silver, similar in shape to the reed pens which are +still used by Oriental nations. +</p> + +<p> +The following are translated from the French “Notes and Queries “— +<i>L'Intermémediare:</i> +</p> + +<blockquote> “A METALLIC PEN IN THE FOURTEENTH CENTURY.—M. Reni de Bellwal, in a +very learned volume which he has published recently, on the first +campaign of Edward III. in France, says (p. 95) with respect to the +fictitious pieces (documents) fabricated by Robert d'Artois, that a +clerk of Jeanne wrote the deeds, and made use of a bronze pen to +enable him the better to disguise his writing. This plainly refers to +a pen, and not to a stylus. Is there any record of the use of +metallic pens at any period anterior to the fourteenth century? It is +very satisfactory, however, to establish (as the French used to say) +<i>'les preuves de 1300.'</i>”—<i>L'Intermémediare.</i> +<br> +<br> +In the <i>Vieux-Neuf</i> of M. Ed. Fournier (vol. ii., p. 22, note) there +is mentioned—according to the documents used in the prosecution of +Robert d'Artois, which are in the Archives—'the bronze pen' with +which the forgers in the pay of the count wrote the false papers which +he required. M. Fournier also quotes from 'Montfaucon' 'the silver +reeds' with which the Constantinople patriarchs used to write their +letters.”—CUTHBERT, <i>L'Intermémediare,</i> 1st June, 1864. +<br> +<br> +“METALLIC PENS (XV., 68).-Writing was done in the Middle Ages +sometimes with a metal <i>stylus,</i> or perhaps with a metal pen; with the +former on wax, and with the pen on parchment or vellum. 'At Trinity +College, Cambridge, is a manuscript illustration of Eadwine, a monk of +Canterbury, and at the end the writer is represented with a metal pen +in his hand.' (See Bibliomania in the Middle Ages, p. 103). I have +in my possession a metal pen of Dutch manufacture, dating certainly +from the year 1717, mounted on the same pencilholder, with a piece of +solid plumbago, in a memorandum book of the same year.”—SAM: TIMMINS. +<br> +<br> +“Mr. Le Chauviné Gal, Prior of the collegiate of St. Peter and St. +Bars at Aosta, had in his collection of Roman antiquities a bronze +pen, slit, found in a tomb, among a number of lamps and lachrymatory +vases. M. Aubert has given a drawing and description of it in a work +on Aosta. It was subsequently stolen from him by a collector.”—CHAMBERY, Un Savoyard, <i>L'Intermémediare,</i> 25th May, 1868. +<br> +<br> +“METALLIC PENS,—In a precious volume (an account of the books of the +Decretalia) preserved in the library of Saint Antoine, of Padua, the +following notice is to be found at the bottom of the last page: 'This +work is fashioned and by diligence finished for the service of God, +not with ink of quill nor with brazen reed, but with a certain +invention of printing or reproducing by John Fust, citizen of Mayence, +and Peter Schoeiffer, of Gernsheim, Dec. 17th, 1465, A.D.' Here, +then, we have a document proving the existence of metallic pens in the +Middle Ages. But has any such pen come down to us? If so, could a +detailed description of it be obtained? On the other hand, I am +curious to know if it is possible that platinum was used in the +eighteenth century in the manufacture of pens, or whether it is +necessary to attribute a peculiar meaning to the 'platinum pen' in the +following passage of the system of shorthand by Bertin (edit. of the +year iv., p. 93) (1793). 'Those of steel and platinum are most +convenient; these latter have the advantage of all others, in that +they hold the ink a long time, and run over the paper easily, and are +not liable to corrosion by any simple acid.' I am ignorant of what +the same author means when he mentions the endless pen, which would +certainly be the best. “'—J. CAMUS, <i>L'Intermémediare.</i> +<br> +<br> +“Metallic pens were used before the fifteenth century; they were in +use at the court of Augustus.” See <i>L'Intermémed.</i> (I. 69, 94, 141; II. +319.) Consult also <i>Le Vieux-Neuf</i> Ed. Fournier.—A.D. +</blockquote> + +<p> +The following extracts show there have been several claimants, on the +Continent, who profess to have invented metallic pens, made from +steel, in the early part of the eighteenth century; but the reader had +better suspend his judgment until he has read the notes that follow +them: +</p> + +<blockquote>“A manuscript, entitled 'Historical Chronicle of Aix-la-Chapelle, +second book, 1748,' places on record the claims of Johann Janssen, a +magistrate of that place, as the inventor of steel pens. 'Just at the +meeting of the congress [after the Austrian war] I may without boasting, claim the honour of having invented a new pen. It is, perhaps, +not an accident that God should have inspired me at the present time +with the idea of making steel pens, for all the envoys here assembled +have bought the first that have been made; therewith, as may be hoped, +to sign a treaty of peace, which, with God's blessing, shall be as +permanent as the hard steel with which it is written. Of these pens, +as I have invented them, no man hath before seen or heard. If kept +clean and free from rust and ink, they will continue fit for use for +many years. Indeed, a man may write twenty reams of paper with one, +and the last line would be written as well as the first. They are now +sent into every corner of the world as a rare thing—to Spain, France, +England and Holland. Others will no doubt make imitations of my pens, +but I am the man who first invented and made them. I have sold a +great number of them at home and abroad at 1s. each, and I dispose of +them as quickly as I can make them.”' +</blockquote> + +<p> +In an article on Writing Instruments, which appeared in the Berlin +<i>Paper Zeitung,</i> on the 19th of May, 1887, the author says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “A school teacher of Koningberg, named Burger, in the year 1808, made +pens from metal, but he got poor by his trials. After this time, and +probably imitating the pens of Burger, the English began to take in +hand the manufacture of pens; <i>especially Perry,</i> he having perfected +the pens, as he did not restrict himself to the simple straight slit, +but he made cuts in the sides of different kinds.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +In a pamphlet upon the manufacture of steel pens, published in Paris, +in 1884, the writer says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “The invention of the metallic pen is due to a French mechanic— +Arnoux—who lived in the eighteenth century, who made as far back as +1750 a number of metallic pens as a curiosity. This invention did not +have any immediate result in France but spread to England, and became +in Birmingham, about 1830, a very prosperous industry. A very curious +fact about this trade is that, in England, it does not exist out of +Birmingham, where there are about ten manufactories. In France it has +become localized in Boulogne.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +There is also the “nameless Sheffield Artisan,” who so frequently +figures in newspaper paragraphs as the inventor of steel pens; and +William Gadsby, a mathematical instrument maker, who for his own use +constructed a clumsy article from the mainspring of a watch; but it is +not till the beginning of the eighteenth century that we get anything +authentic respecting the making of metallic pens. “Este,” writing in “Local Notes and Queries” <i>(Birmingham Weekly Post)</i> mentions a +remarkable little volume supplied to the members of the States General +of Holland, in the possession of Mr. W. Bragge, of Sheffield, dated +1717. It contained a silver pencil case, in two parts, one holding a +piece of plumbago, mounted like a crayon, and the other a <i>metallic +pen.</i> We have seen this unique book (now the property of Mr. Sam: +Timmins). The pen is of the barrel shape, apparently silver, and it +must be regarded as the earliest authentic metallic pen. Of the date +there can be no doubt, as the pen is made to pass through loops in the +cover of the volume to keep it closed, after the manner of pocket +books, and the book bears the date, printed on the title page, 1717. +</p> + +<p> +Pope, about the same time, received from Lady Frances Shirley a +present of a standish, containing a STEEL and a gold pen. In +acknowledging the receipt of this present, the poet wrote an ode, in +which the following lines occur: +</p> + +<p> +      “Take at this hand celestial arms;<br> +        Secure the radiant weapons wield; <br> +      This <i>golden</i> lance shall guard desert, <br> +        And, if a vice dares keep the field, <br> +      This <i>steel</i> shall stab it to the heart. <br> +        Awed, on my bended knees I fell, <br> +      Received the weapons of the sky, <br> +        And dipped them in the sable well— <br> +      The fount of fame or infamy. <br> +        What well? What weapon? Flavia cries, <br> +      A standish, <i>steel and golden pen!</i><br> +        It came from <i>Bertrand's,</i>* not the skies,<br> +      I gave it you to write again.” <br> +</p> + +<p> +*<i>Bertrand</i> kept a fancy shop in Bath. He died in 1755. His wife is +mentioned by Horace Walpole, in his letter to George Montague, May +18th, 1749, which letter is printed in his Correspondence. +</p> + +<p> +In No. 503 of the <i>Spectator,</i> bearing the date of October 7, 1712, +Steele, mentioning the conspicuous manner in which a certain lady +conducted herself in church, says: +</p> + +<p> “For she fixed her eyes upon the preacher, and as he said anything she +approved, with one of Charles Mather's fine tablets, she set down the +sentence, at once showing her fine hand, the <i>gold pen,</i> her readiness +in writing, and her judgments in choosing what to write.” +</p> + +<p> +Edmund Waller, about the middle of the seventeenth century, +acknowledged the receipt of a <i>silver pen</i> from a lady, in the +following verses: +</p> + +<p> +      Madam! intending to have try'd,<br> +        The silver favour which you gave, <br> +      In ink the shining point I dy'd, <br> +        And drench'd it in the sable wave<br> +      When, grieved to be so foully stained, <br> +        On you it thus to me complained. <br> +</p> + +<p> +      So I, the wronged pen to please, <br> +        Made it my humble thanks express<br> +      Unto your Ladyship, in these, <br> +        And now 'tis forced to confess<br> +      That your great self did ne'er indite<br> +        Nor that to me more noble write.”<br> +</p> + +<p> +Mr. G. A. Lomas, writing to the <i>Scientific American,</i> November 23, +1878, says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “I write to inquire if you can give me information concerning the +manufacture of metal pens in this country. I may be vain in the +supposition, but I am persuaded that my people—the Shakers—were the +originators of metal pens. I write this to you with a silver pen, one +slit, that was made in the vear 1819, at this village, by the Shakers. +Two or three years previously to the use of silver pens, our people +used brass plates for their manufacture, but soon found silver +preferable. Some people sold these pens in the year 1819, at this +village, for twenty-five cents, and disposed of all that could be +made.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +The writer further says the metal was made from silver coins. +</p> + +<p> +This communication called forth the following from another +correspondent: +</p> + +<blockquote> “The letter in the <i>Scientific American,</i> November 23, 1878, with +regard to the early manufacture of steel pens, reminds me of the following note which appeared in the <i>Boston Mechanic,</i> for August, 1835. +'The inventor of steel pens,' says the <i>Journal of Commerce,</i> was an +American and a well-known resident of our city (New York), Mr. Peregrine Williamson. In the year 1800, Mr.W., then a working jeweler, at +Baltimore, while attending an evening school, finding some difficulty +in making a quill pen to suit him, made one of steel. It would not +write well, however, for want of flexibility. After a while he made +an additional slit on each side of the main one, and the pens were so +much improved that Mr. W. was called to make them in such numbers as +to eventually occupy his whole time, and that of a journeyman. At +first the business was very profitable and enabled Mr. W. to realize +for the labor of himself and journeyman a clear profit of six hundred +dollars per month. The English soon borrowed the invention, and some +who first engaged in the business realized immense fortunes.”' +</blockquote> + +<p> +We do not know how much reliance may be placed upon this statement, +but, if the last assertion “that those who first engaged in the +business realized immense fortunes” may be taken as a test, the whole +must be received with a grain of salt. The letter appeared in the +<i>Boston Mechanic,</i> in 1835, and at that date there were penmakers who +had made a modest competence, but in no case were they possessed of +immense fortunes. +</p> + +<p> +In London <i>Notes and Queries,</i> the following appears respecting early +steel pens: +</p> + +<blockquote> “THE FIRST STEEL PEN.—(5th S., iii., 395.) Ten years before Dr. +Priestley was born steel pens were in use. There are references to +them in the Diary of John Byrom, who required them when writing shorthand. In a letter to his sister Phoebe, dated August, 1723, he +mentions them as follows: 'Alas! alas! I cannot meet with a steel pen, +no manner of where I believe I have asked at 375 places, but that +which I have is at your service, as the owner himself always is.”' +(Remains, Vol. i., 39.) +</blockquote> + +<p> +Mr. Ralph N. James, writing to <i>Notes and Queries,</i> gives the +following extract from the very amusing “journey to Paris,” by Dr. +Martin Lister, 1698: +</p> + +<blockquote> “There was one thing very curious, and that was a <i>Writing lnstrument</i> +of thick and strong silver wire, bound up like a hollow button or +screw, with both ends pointing one way, and at a distance, so that a +man might easily put his forefinger betwixt the two points, and the +point divided in two, just like <i>our steel pens.</i>”—<i>London Notes and +Queries,</i> vol. iii., page 346. +</blockquote> + +<p> +This note caused another writer, Mr. C.A. Ward, to send the following: +</p> + +<p> “STEEL PENS.—The extract given from Dr. M. Lister's, by Mr. Ralph N. +James, is very interesting. The doctor there speaks of <i>'our steel +pens,'</i> as if they were not at all uncommon. When the poet +Churchill's effects were sold up, after his death, Nov. 10, 1764, they +fetched extravagant prices; 'a common steel pen' brought L.5.”—<i>London Notes and Queries,</i> vol iii., page 474. +</p> + +<p> +The following extract from <i>London Notes and Queries</i> gives very +plausible reasons against placing confidence in the preceding and +other notices of ancient steel pens: +</p> + +<blockquote> “STEEL PENS. (5th S., vol. iii., pp. 346, 474.) May I ask whether, in +giving the interesting references to the use of <i>steel pens</i> before +the time of Priestley (one reference even going so far back as the +seventeenth century) your correspondents have carefully considered +what is meant by the terms. For my own part (of course I maybe quite +wrong) I should naturally have anticipated <i>steel pens</i> in these +references to mean not the modern steel nib for ordinary penmanship, +but the ancient steel pen for drawing lines or ruling circles, such as +is contained in every box of mathematical instruments. This would +explain (to some extent) the great price fetched for a good one of +Churchill's; a mere old steel nib would scarcely enter into a sale at +all. It would explain, too, why a special process of hardening should +be applied to a quill, in order to make it do duty for the steel +instrument. One would scarcely think of hardening a quill in order to +enable it to compete with a steel nib in some of the least desirable +qualities, though one often wishes one could accomplish the reverse +process, and soften or supple a steel 'stick frog,' so as to give it +the elasticity of the grey goose quill. “—V. H. I. L. L. C. IV. (iv., +37, 5th S., <i>London Notes and Queries.</i>) +</blockquote> + +<p> +Mr. R. Prosser, author of “Birmingham Inventors and Inventions,” in +writing to the compiler of this work, says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “It has often occurred to me that some of the very early references to +metallic pens may perhaps mean the draughtsman's 'ruling pen,' and not +an instrument made after the fashion of a quill pen with a slit in it. +That it is possible to write with such an instrument this paragraph +will show, but I must admit that it is not equal to one of Perry's +J's.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +From an entry in “Pepys' Diary,” October 24, 1660, <i>drawing pens</i> +appear to have been in use in London, at the time of the Restoration: +</p> + +<blockquote> “To Mr. Lilly's, where, not finding Mr. Spong, I went to Mr. +Greatorex, where I met him, and where I bought a <i>drawing pen.</i>” +</blockquote> + +<p> +In London <i>Notes and Queries</i> (4th S., xi., 440), the Rev. E. +Smedley, editor of the <i>Encyclopoedia Metropolitana,</i> writing to his +friend, Mr. H. Hawkins, April 10, 1833, says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “The process of nibbing and shaving is one which I always abominated, +and for years past I have taken refuge under the <i>Perryian</i> pens. The +one with which I now write has been in use daily, and all day long, +for more than a fortnight, and I consider that it still owes me quite +as much worth as it has already furnished. Every packet contains nine +pens, and on an average two out of that number fail to suit my hand, +but the remaining seven are faithful servants, and their price is 2s.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +In <i>London Notes and Queries</i> (4th S., xii., 57) a writer says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “I bought my first steel pen from Bramah, Piccadilly, in 1825. The +price was 1s. 6d. It was very thick and hard, with very little +elasticity. In 1829 I read advertised in the <i>Times,</i> steel pens, +with holder, 3s. per dozen, at Kendal's, in Holborn. They were hand +made, and much easier to write with than Bramah's. Soon after the +price fell, and steel pens became common.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +In <i>London Notes and Queries</i> (4th S., x., 309), October 19, 1872, Mr. +William Bates, speaking of a visit he paid to an old lady, at Studley +(Worcestershire) about 1825, says that he saw an exquisitely-finished +inkstand of pure gold, the gift of one of the Earls of Plymouth to her +father, 100 years before. The inkstand was provided with a jointed +gold penholder, terminating in a barrel (one slit) pen, resembling the +metallic pen of the present day, except that he found that it would +not write. +</p> + +<p> +In “Local Notes and Queries,” published in the <i>Birmingham Journal and +Weekly Post,</i> there have appeared a number of contributions relating +to the early manufacture of steel pens. We reproduce them here. A +correspondent writing on June 22, 1869, says: “Daniel Fellows, of +Sedgley, made steel pens about 1800.” +</p> + +<p> +Another writer, on the same date, says, “The first makers of steel +pens were John Edwards, Hill Street, and Francis Heeley, Mount Street, +Birmingham.” +</p> + +<p> +Respecting, the former of these, in <i>Wrightson's Birmingham Directory,</i> +1823, the following advertisement appears: “John Edwards, manufacturer +of improved gold, silver, and <i>elastic sleel pens,</i> mounted in all +kinds of cases, and desk handles, No. 40 Hill Street. N.B.—The pens +are warranted to write exceedingly fine and free.” +</p> + +<p> +This advertisement contained engravings of a barrel and “nibbed” or “slip” pen. +</p> + +<p> +J. Sargent, writing from Tettenhall, June 28, 1869, says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “A journeyman blacksmith, named Fellows, of Sedgley, was the first +originator of steel pens. I resided at Sedgley in 1822, when Sheldon, +Fellows's apprentice, made some of these pens. He made two for me. I +wrote very well with them. Sheldon himself told me that Mr. Gillott +commenced making the pen from seeing some of his (Sheldon's) make.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +Some one writing under the <i>nom de plume</i> of “Un Qui Sait,” says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “I distinctly recollect, about the year 1806, being at Fellows's home +in Sedgley, and there seeing Thomas Sheldon, his apprentice, making +steel pens. He knew of an entry in his books of pens bought from +Fellows in 1807. He paid Sheldon L.100 in 1822. He believed Fellows +made pens in 1793. Beilby and Knott (Birmingham stationers) sold +these pens in considerable quantities from 1818 to 1828. Sheldon +continued the trade until it was destroyed through inability to +compete with the machine-made pens of Mitchell and Gillott.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +Another writer, “T. S.,” says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “In 1815, an uncle of mine used to purchase these pens from Sheldon, +of Sedgley. The price was eighteen shillings per dozen, ten per cent. +for cash. They were barrel shape. B. Smith and Co. had in their +pattern book of engravings of steel toys a drawing of one of these +pens, which were sold at thirty shillings per dozen; also one in a +bone handle, the top of which screwed off, for carrying in the pocket, +at thirty-six shillings per dozen.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +Another correspondent, writing on July 24, 1869, mentions (on +authority of the late Mr. Alderman Yates) that an old man named +Spittle made steel pens before any of the present makers. +</p> + +<p> +In note 319 this man Spittle is mentioned by another writer, who says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “A man named Spittle, one of the earliest makers of steel pens, lived +in Chequers' Walk, Bath Row, Birmingham. He made steel pens for sale, +and charged one shilling each for them. They were made with a tube to +fit on a quill. I bought one from him forty-five years ago (1824).” +</blockquote> + +<p> “E.W.,” writing in 1869, says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “In 1821 there was a B. Smith, steel toy maker, St. Paul's [Mary's] +Square, Birmingham. He had a book of engravings of steel toys, among +which were steel pens, made to screw on and off. This pattern book +might have been one hundred years old. I sold his pens in 1823.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +The Editor of “Notes and Queries” says “Smith's pattern book was +probably fifty years old,” and further remarks that steel pens must +have been a regular article of manufacture before they appeared in a +steel toy maker's pattern book. +</p> + +<p> “C.J.,” in note 372, says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “The pattern book of John Barnes, Eagle Works, Wolverhampton, contains +engravings of early steel pens.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +Mr. Robert Griffin says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “In 1824 I wrote very much with a steel pen made under the direction +of James Perry—a pen that lasted about eight or nine weeks, writing +eight hours a day.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +In note 344, “Anon” says he remembered his father (who had premises in +Water Street, Birmingham), in the summer of 1823, bringing a tall, +quiet, respectable man to the manufactory. He had a piece of iron, or +steel, which he required to be cut up into strips of about two inches +wide. The man said he was going to get the strips rolled to make into +steel pens. He gave the writer of the note sixpence and a barrel pen +for his trouble. In answer to inquiries the writer put to his father, +the latter stated he did not know the man's name nor where he lived, +but “that he met with him in a smoke room, where he (the father) +sometimes spent his evenings.” The writer further remarks: “Where the +man had got his ideas from which induced him to try his hand at making +steel pens I do not know, but I have an impression that there were +several experimenters in existence at that time; and very soon +afterward Mr. William (Joseph) Gillott, with whom my father was on +terms of intimacy, came into notice as a maker of steel pens.” This +is a very important statement, as it fixes a date respecting pens +being made from sheet steel. +</p> + +<p> +One of the oldest toolmakers in the trade has informed us that, about +the year 1823 or 1824, he was frequently taken by his father to visit +an uncle named Clulee, who rented power at the Water Street mill. On +these occasions his father and uncle would talk about the visits of +Gillott to the latter, and the hopeful manner in which he spoke of the +experiments he was then making. Gillott rented power at the Water +Street mill, and was engaged in grinding and finishing penknife +blades, which were inserted in one end of a silver pencil case, which +his relative—Mitchell—was then making. +</p> + +<p> +Now, who was this “tall, quiet, respectable man?” It could not have +been Gillott, as he was not tall and the father of “Anon” knew him; +and Mitchell was also a short man. We have failed to trace him, and +his identity is lost among the “sowers” who failed to reap the harvest +of their inventions. +</p> + +<p> +Mr. George Wallis, speaking of steel pens, remarks: +</p> + +<blockquote> “I wrote with one when a boy (1822 to 1826), having found several in a +stock of old steel waste in the warehouse of a relative, a retired +ornamental steel worker, at Wolverhampton. These pens were made (so I +was told) for the London market, late in the last or early in the +present century. Certainly they were made fifteen or, perhaps, twenty +years, when I found them, as the manufactory in which they had been +produced had been closed the former number of years. They consisted +of a holder of steel, with flutings and facets. One was solid and +tapered to lighten it; the other had a barrel with an internal screw. +The pen had two screws; one was used to screw the pen into the barrel +for use, and the other to secure it when turned inwards as a protection when not in use, or to carry in the pocket.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +The following letter from Mr. Alderman Manton to Mr. Sam: Timmins +makes us acquainted with another manufacturer of steel pens: +</p> + +<blockquote> “THE METAL PENS OF 1823.—In a badly-constructed and unsanitary +manufactory (Mr. James Collins's), at the back of 119 Suffolk Street, +(Birm.), I witnessed the process of making silver and <i>steel</i> pens. +As both metals were manufactured in the same manner, one description +will serve. It will be remembered by a few that at that time there +was a patent silver pencil case somewhat extensively manufactured, +which in addition to the pencil, had a penknife, <i>pen</i> and toothpick +provided. The penknife was supplied by two brothers—<i>Joseph and +William Gillott</i>—who at that time rented a small shop in a corner of +the yard belonging to the rolling mill of George and P.F. Muntz, Water +Street, and from whose engine they obtained the small amount of steam +power needed. The process of making the pens was as follows: Two narrow strips were cut from a sheet of silver or steel; they were then, +by the help of the hammer and a lead cake, or piece of hard wood, +curved. Afterwards the two strips were placed opposite to each other +on a well-polished steel wire, and drawn through a draw-plate, the +wire and plate being supplied by Wm. Billings, a celebrated tool +manufacturer, occupying premises near the top of Snow Hill (Birm.). +By the aid of a press, a small hole was made at a distance of half an +inch or five-eighths from the end, the slit was then made by a fine +saw made of watch springs. A bent pair of shears was used for cutting +the end of strip into the shape of a pen; and a half-round file or +smooth was used for finishing the pen. The pen was then sawn off the +strip by the same saw which was used for slitting the pen. The only +hardening process was the friction of the draw-plate and steel wire. +I not only witnessed the process, but was a manipulator. The cost of +making at that time, by a journeyman, was 2d. each; by an apprentice, +about one-third of that amount. Within less than thirty years of that +time, in a manufactory adjoining my own, pens were made and sold +(wholesale) at 2d. per gross, and a box containing them into the +bargain.” <i>(Signed)</i> Henry Manton, September 15, 1886. +</blockquote> + +<p> +Mr. T. Vary writes that James Perry began making steel pens in +Manchester, and quotes the <i>Saturday Magazine</i> to show that metallic +pens were given by him as rewards of merit in schools as far back as +1819. +</p> + +<p> +Mr. James Cocker, writing in the <i>Sheffield Daily Telegraph,</i> in 1869, +says: “That he rolled steel wire for James Perry for penmaking in +1829.” +</p> + +<p> +The death of Mr. Gillott seems to have revived the discussion of the +origin of steel pens, and a correspondent in the Sheffield <i>Daily +Telegraph,</i> in the issue of January 11, 1872, in the following letter, +puts forth a claim on behalf of a Sheffield man: +</p> + +<blockquote> “The well-written and well-merited memoir of the late Mr. Gillott, the +Birmingham steel pen maker, which has just appeared in the newspapers, +affords a curious and instructive illustration of the success which +not seldom attends the combined action of ingenuity, industry, shrewdness, and integrity among our labouring classes. Born in the humblest +rank of our local workmen, a steady scholar in our Boys' Lancasterian +School, and apprenticed to a scissors grinder, the deceased worked his +way upwards into a position of influence and opulence as a +manufacturer, which entitled him to take social rank with the merchant +princes of the land. And if his name has long since ceased to be +familiar among his once contemporary workmen in Sheffield, and is not +even mentioned in the Directory, it has for several years past been +recognized and respected by the visitors at the annual exhibitions of +our School of Art, in connection with the many rare and valuable pictures lent by him on those occasions. The printed <i>fac-simile</i> of the +autograph appeared in the 'advertising columns' of almost every newspaper in the world, and perhaps, as an expert might have said, was +characteristic. In the admirable account of his life above referred +to stress is laid upon one prominent and praiseworthy feature of his +character, viz., his readiness to acknowledge the obscurity of his +origin and the steps of his industrial success. In those details no +mention is made of his Sheffield master and predecessor in the +ingenious art of steel pen making. And as the notice alluded to is +without dates, it is difficult to furnish information on the material +point of priority, though the fact of supremacy in the trade is clear +enough. In one of the columns of Lardner's Cyclopedia, published in +1833, the names of Perry, Heeley, and Skinner are mentioned as steel +pen makers. With the latter, who if he did not make wealth, certainly +earned a wide reputation for the low price and excellent temper of his +'steel nibs,' Mr. Gillett was a workman, in Nursery Street, Sheffield, +having gone with his master from the scissors grinding stone to the +making of polished steel ornaments for ladies' work, then fashionable. +How much, in what way, or whether at all, he was indebted to his +experience in Mr. Skinner's establishment may be questionable, but +that he learnt and first saw practised in Sheffield the art that +ultimately enriched him in Birmingham, he would probably be the last +to deny. It is well remembered by a worthy dealer in almost every +useful article, from a mouse-trap to a railroad wagon, that Gillott, +soon after his establishment in Birmingham, came into our townsman's +shop, and seeing on the counter a model steam engine of half-horse +power, at once purchased and carried it off to give motion to some +part of his pen machinery. Brass pens were made in Sheffield before +the close of the last century. They mostly accompanied an 'inkpot,' +called from its users an 'exciseman.' The writer of this paragraph +himself made hundreds of dozens of them, which, however, be never +used, nor steel ones either, as long as he could get a 'goose quill,' +good, bad or indifferent. The matter of slitting the nib was kept +secret by Skinner, and the double slit of Gillott more than doubled +the value of his old master's invention; but a 'four-slit' pen, <i>i.e., +with five points,</i> if possible to make, would be useless. The +earliest experimenter in form and material was Perry, flexibility +being the great desideratum; but it is curious to see how world-wide a +currency Gillott's name and trade have given to the simplest shape; +and still more curious to note how the makers of writing ink and paper +have conformed these articles to the requirements of the uses of the +steel pen. It is always gratifying, and not unprofitable, to contrast +the small and feeble beginnings of any manufacturing enterprise with a +large and well-merited success.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +This communication appears to have caused a Mr. William Levesley to +call upon the writer of the preceding epistle, and the following which +appeared in the <i>Sheffield Daily Telegraph,</i> January 30, 1872, was +written: +</p> + +<blockquote> “I have to thank you for the insertion of my queries as to the early +connection of Sheffield with steel pen making. In consequence of the +appearance of my letter in the <i>Telegraph,</i> a cutlery manufacturer of +the name of William Levesley, called upon me, and informed me that he +was not only an early associate with the late Mr. Gillott, of Birmingham, but the first person who made a steel pen out of London. +Stress has been laid upon Gillott's ability 'to forge and grind a +knifeblade.' It is not likely he ever used the hammer on hot steel, +but he was when young, and working with father, accounted an excellent +penknife grinder; Skinner being a scissors grinder, and Levesley a +workboard hand for the same master. A man of the name of Mitchell +having married Gillott's mother, went to Birmingham, and began the +cutlery business, the latter removing thither to grind for his father- +in-law. His brother had also gone thither, and commenced making an +article that had some run, and may be said to have united the +ingenious handicrafts of Birmingham, viz., the insertion of a penknife +blade at the end of a silver pencil case. Meanwhile, about the year +1825, Levesley saw a steel pen, made by Perry, of London, in Ridge's +shop window, in High Street. He bought it for one shilling, and +immediately set about making tools to imitate and improve upon it. He +spent, he said, L.30 in not unsuccessful, though unremunerative, +experiments. The flypress was at least as well known in Sheffield as +in Birmingham, and its power was at once brought into requisition to +work the tools for shaping, bending, and slitting the pens which were +made out of sheet steel, Perry's being made out of thick wire, rolled +flat, by Cocker, in Nursery Street. In 1829, Levesley was making pens +for sale, and that year is said to be the earliest date of actual +sales in Skinner's ledger. In 1831 he was doing a considerable +business in Sheffield, and making experiments upon the article, as +appears from specimens before me bearing his name. Stress has been +laid upon the improvement of the double slit, introduced by Gillott, +but if Levesley's statement is to be taken literally, he was the +inventor of a specialty upon which, even more than on excellence of +material, the merit of a steel pen is found to depend, viz., the +grinding of a small hollow at the back of the nib, and about the +eighth of an inch from the point. My informant described not only the +beneficial action of this thinning of the metal, as well in yielding +the gradual flow of the ink as in flexibility of writing, but the +pleasure with which he took a specimen to Birmingham to show Gillott, +and the surprise of the latter at so great and so beneficial an +effect, provided by so small a cause. He at once adopted an +improvement of which every pen made by him bears evidence; and when +his friend visited him he told him he had fifty women employed in +grinding pen points. It is pleasant to add that Gillott never visited +Sheffield without calling to see his old friend Levesley, while the +latter spoke of his early and later life with respect and +commendation, especially in his domestic relations. It is pleasing to +review a life of such humble beginnings, culminating in opulence and +usefulness like that of the late Joseph Gillott, of Birmingham; nor is +it less to name in connection therewith, as an early experimenter in +steel pen making, our worthy townsman, William Levesley, to whose +ingenious improvement every writer is so much indebted, and of whose +verbal communication to me the foregoing is an imperfect sketch.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +Now, in this statement, there are some dales given, but others are +omitted, and that is a very unfortunate circumstance. Levesley told +the writer of the article in the <i>Sheffield Daily Telegraph</i> that he +made use of the fly press for working tools for shaping, bending, and +slitting pens. If the writer had only given the date of this it would +have been a valuable contribution toward a history of the invention. +The claim of Levesley to having invented the process of grinding pens +and teaching Gillott seems, to say the least, curious, because the +latter was a Sheffield grinder, and the idea would certainly be quite +as likely to occur to Gillott as Levesley. Besides, why did Levesley +communicate the idea to Gillott in preference to Skinner, with whom he +had business relations? The statement that Gillott had fifty girls +employed when Levesley* called upon him on his next visit to +Birmingham looks like a mistake. Fifty girls would grind on an +average seven thousand gross of pens in a week, and as this +correspondence appears to refer to the early part of Gillott's career, +it is scarcely possible that such a number of pens were produced +weekly at that period. Besides, as a matter of fact, boys were, in +the first instance, employed to grind pens. +</p> + +<blockquote> +* Mr. Sam: Timmins says, “that Levesley told him that Gillott started +in Birmingham as a jobbing cutler; that Mitchell had the secret of pen +making; that Mitchell sent for Gillott to come to Birmingham, and that +he (J.G.) first lived at the top of Water Street; that Gillott began +to make pens in Bread Street; that Perry made pens from flattened +steel wire, the breadth of the pen (the steel was 3s. 6d. per lb., and +drawn at Old Ford); that he had seen cross grinding (at Gillott's) in +Newhall Street, and fifty women at work; and that pens had double +slits and cut holes. Levesley certainly knew all the Gillott family, +personally, in Sheffield, and he (S. T.) had a long interview with him +shortly before his death, when he mentioned all the facts given here.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +Herr Ignaz Nagel, in his “Report on Writing, Drawing, and Painters' +Requisites,” at the Vienna Exhibition, 1873, says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “From careful inquiries that we made in Birmingham, we learned that a +knife cutler, of Sheffield, was the first man who had the idea of +making pens of steel, and that a tinman of the name of Skipper +[Skinner], of Sheffield, afterwards manufactured the pens in great +quantities. His son developed the idea still further. This, +according to our informant, was fifty years ago. A steel pen artisan, +working in Birmingham, remembers perfectly well reading the +announcement in a window of the High Street, in Sheffield, 1816: +'Steel pens are repaired here at sixpence apiece.' There was a man +named Spittle, in Birmingham, who used to make steel pens by hand. He +was succeeded by the brothers John and William Mitchell, who were +manufacturers of steel pens, wholesale and by machinery, about forty- +five years ago. Perry came afterwards, and took out a patent for the +first steel pens, and after him Gillott, who had learnt the business +with the Mitchells.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +A writer in <i>Herbert's Encyclopoedia</i> published in 1837, says +</p> + +<blockquote> “The first decided attempt to introduce metallic pens to general use +was made by Mr. Wise, whose perpetual pens will doubtless be remembered by many of our readers. The name of Wise was rendered conspicuous in most of our stationers' shops some twenty-five or thirty +years since, as the original inventor and general manufacturer of the +steel pens.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +We stated at the beginning of this article that of three men— +Mitchell, Gillott, and Mason—who might have done something toward +fixing the date of the invention of manufacturing pens by the +adaptation of tools worked by the screw press, only one—Mason—made a +statement: +</p> + +<blockquote> “The first making of steel pens that I know of was about the year +1780, by my late friend Mr. Harrison, for Dr. Priestley. He took +sheet steel, made a tube of it, and the part joined formed the slit of +the pen. He then filed away the barrel and formed the pen. I found +some of the identical pens amongst other articles and used them for a +long time. +<br> +<br> +“The second mode of making pens was by punching a rough blank out of +thin sheet steel. This blank formed the well-known barrel pen. It +was brought into the barrel shape by rounding, but before rounding it +had to be filed into a better form about the nib, and when rounded in +the soft state, a sharp chisel was used to mark the inside of the pen +which became the slit, after hardening. Before tempering, this mark +was 'tabbered' with a small hammer, and it would crack where the +inside mark was made. Then it was tempered and underwent grinding, +and shaping the nib until a point suitable for fine or broad, as +required. +<br> +<br> +“I made barrel pens in 1828, and 'slip' pens for Perry in 1829, and +the first lot of 100 at <i>one time</i> was sent November 20, 1830. Frequently, lots of 20 or 30 gross were sent between 1829 and 1830, and +in 1831 I sent pens to Perry amounting to L.1421, 1s. 3d. +<br> +<br> +“Perry certainly never made a pen as they are now made, viz., the +slit cut <i>with press tools</i>; all he made were <i>cracked</i> slit. +<br> +<br> +“I made steel barrel pens some time before I made 'slip' pens for +Perry. +<br> +<br> +“It is doubtful when metal pens were made. The first I know of were +made by Mr. Harrison, for Dr. Priestley. Perry was certainly not the +first maker of steel pens, but I have no doubt that he was the first +steel <i>slip pen</i> maker, and no doubt the first to use a <i>goose quill</i> +for a pen holder, hence the slip pen. +<br> +<br> +“The first stick pen holders I made for Perry in 1832, and for Gillott +in 1835, and sold sticks to Gillott in 1840—L.293 18s. 7d.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +Mason claimed to have made barrel pens for Perry, of London, in 1828, +and “slip or nibbed” pens in 1829; but he does not appear to have made +any claim to priority of invention over Mitchell and Gillott. +</p> + +<p> +Now, although Mitchell made no claim himself, on the death of Mr. +Gillott the following letter appeared in the <i>Daily Post:</i> +</p> + +<blockquote> “The remarks which have appeared in a local paper upon the death of +Mr. J. Gillott, that the steel pen owes its existence to him, and that +the adaptation of machinery to the manufacture of metallic pens was +his invention, lead the public to wrong conclusions. It is due to the +memory of my late father—John Mitchell—that I should state that he +not only made steel pens, but used machinery in their production, for +some time before Mr. Gillott commenced in that branch of business.”— +HENRY MITCHELL, January 12, 1872. +</blockquote> + +<p> +In October, 1876, Mr. Henry Mitchell writes to <i>Aris's Gazette,</i> and +says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “You review, in your impression of the 23d inst., a work entitled +'British Manufacturing Industries—the Birmingham Trades,' in which +the history of steel pens forms a prominent chapter. I beg to point +out that my late father's name—John Mitchell—is certainly mentioned +in a list of the manufacturers of the article, and, to my great +surprise, simply so. In a part of the work the author states that +'The early history of steel pens is involved in obscurity.' My object +in writing to you is to remove that obscurity, as I am satisfied you +will be equally desirous of giving honor to whom honor is due. I +claim that honor for my late father—John Mitchell—who was the first +to introduce the making of steel pens by means of tools, which were +purely his own invention, and I will leave it to an enlightened public +to judge if it is not one of the greatest benefits conferred on any +civilized community. Whatever others may have done does not remove +the fact that the inventor I have named was my father; and it is only +due to him that posterity should know who originated the means whereby +millions of human beings of the present time, and generations yet unborn are, and will be, enabled to communicate their thoughts to each +other with a facility they otherwise would not have had. For, unless +the steel pen had been manufactured by tools and machinery, that useful article would virtually be at a prohibitory price. The date of +the invention I believe to be 1822 or thereabouts.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +This is very emphatic; but how far may it be taken as an unprejudiced +statement of facts? Well, it has never been contradicted; and Gillott +never made a claim on his own behalf, as having made pens before +Mitchell. Mason gave the year 1828 as the date when he commenced +making pens, so that the evidence is in favor of Mitchell. +</p> + +<p> +We have heard this statement of Henry Mitchell confirmed by a man who +worked for Mitchell, as a boy, and who remembered pens being made for +Sheldon by Mitchell. It is probable at this early period the pens +were made for a few dealers, and the general public was unacquainted +with the names of the manufacturers. This circumstance has no doubt +contributed to involve in obscurity the early operations of Mitchell +and Gillott. In a notice in <i>Lardner's Cyclopoedia</i> (written by Mr. +John Holland, of Sheffield), published in 1833, the names of three +penmakers only are given—Perry, Heeley, and Skinner. From this it +might be supposed that there were no other penmakers at this date; but +Gillott had taken out a patent in 1831, and the names of both Mitchell +and Gillott appeared as penmakers in <i>Wrightson's Birmingham +Directory</i> for 1830. It cannot be supposed that Mr. Holland wilfully +omitted to mention the names of Mitchell and Gillott, for this writer +was an impartial and painstaking collector of facts, but it is +probable the notice was written some time before it was published; +and, like many little masters, Mitchell and Gillot were only known as +penmakers to the wholesale dealers in Birmingham, upon whom they +depended for orders, consequently Mr. Holland would be ignorant of +their existence. +</p> + +<p> +In speaking of the demand for steel pens, the writer in Lardner's +says: “The rage originated chiefly, if not altogether, in the +successful speculations of Mr. James Perry, of London, whose pens, +however short their merits may fall of the praise of the inventor, are +certainly superior to most others composed of a like material. Perry +began to make steel pens, in Manchester, in 1819, and in London in +1824.” The press and tools with which these pens were made are still +in the possession of Perry and Co., at their warehouse in the Holburn +Viaduct. This fact tends to confirm the statement that Mr. James +Perry was one of the earliest experimenters in the manufacture of the +article. Levesley says he bought one of Perry's pens, which he saw in +a shop window in Sheffield, in 1825, and he took it to his workshop +and improved upon it. This is somewhat similar to the account given by +Mason of his first experiment in pen making. Mason saw a pen of +Perry's in the window of a bookseller named Peart, in Bull Street, +Birmingham, in 1828, which he purchased and took home. Finding he +could produce a better article, which could be sold at a cheaper rate, +he made some and sent them to Mr. James Perry, in, London, and that +gentleman shortly after waited upon Josiah Mason, at his place of +business in Lancaster Street, and the interview resulted in Mason +beginning to make pens for Perry. It will be remembered that the +writer in the <i>Sheffield Daily Telegraph</i> stated that the earliest +experimenter in form and material was Perry. +</p> + +<p> +Leaving the honor of having originated the application of labor-saving +machinery for the manufacture of steel pens to Mitchell, it would +appear that the merit of having popularized the article is due to +Perry. In 1830, Mr. James Perry issued a circular containing a series +of engravings of metallic pens, showing the improvements he had +patented in their manufacture. In this circular it is stated: “Till +about six months ago the public had heard little of metallic pens. At +present, it would seem that comparatively few of any other kind are in +the hands of any class of the community. This sudden transition may +clearly be traced to the announcement of the Patent Perryian Pens in +various periodicals, about six months ago, and to the general demand +which ensued for that pen in every part of the empire,” +</p> + +<p> +Although this might be regarded as an <i>ex-parte</i> statement, it is +confirmed by independent testimony that Perry popularized the article. +The <i>Saturday Magazine,</i> 1838, says: +</p> + +<blockquote> “About twelve years ago (1825), the celebrated Perryian pens first appeared. Mr. Perry may be regarded in the light of a great improver; +many of his pens are ingenious and original in construction. He arranges his pens into <i>genera</i> and <i>species.</i> Mr. Perry first overcame +the rigidity complained of in steel pens by introducing apertures +between the shoulder and point of the pen, thus transferring the +elasticity of the pen to a position below instead of above the +shoulder. This was the subject of his patent in 1830.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +Mr. Sam: Timmins, in 1866, writes: +</p> + +<blockquote> “No skill in manufacture, however, could conquer the prejudice against +any metallic pen, and to Mr. James Perry the world is much indebted +for persevering advocacy of the steel pen, and for one of the most +important improvements in its form. Mr. Perry, with his characteristic energy, almost forced the steel pen into use, and was +supplied with pens of a first-class quality by Mr. Josiah Mason, of +this town.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +Furthermore, it is certain that about this time, steel pens began +rapidly to supersede the use of quills,* and the trade was recognized +as a rising industry. It is true that it still retained the secretive +character with which its operations were conducted in its earlier +days, which indeed in some respects distinguish it at the present +time. Its activity or dullness seldom troubles the writers of the “Trade Reports” in the local press, although they sometimes inform +their readers about good orders having been placed for mousetraps, +stove screws, snuffer trays, candle extinguishers, and sad irons. +</p> + +<blockquote> +*In a humorous article, “The Web-footed Interests,” which appeared in +Tait's Edinburgh Magazine, vol. iii., page 280 (1833), there is a +petition to the House of Commons, from Ganders, Geese & Goslings, +setting forth the evils likely to ensue from the use of metallic pens. +It prognosticates depression in agriculture and manufactures +consequent upon a diminution in the amount of grain consumed, and a +falling off in the demand for penknives; and draws an alarming picture +of the possible failure of the supply of iron ware, and the total +extinction of literature, likely to ensue through a stoppage in the +supply of steel pens,—the web-footed interest being supposed to have +ceased to exist. The petition concludes with a prayer that the +manufacture of metallic pens be prohibited. +</blockquote> + +<p> +To the writers of the present generation, who can purchase fairly-good +pens at one shilling or one shilling and sixpence per gross, it seems +hard to realize that people once gave one shilling each for +substitutes for quills. It is true that quills could then be bought +for a halfpenny and penny each, but how difficult it was to acquire +the art of successfully manipulating the same into a pen the following +anecdote from “Edwards' Life of Rowland Hill” will testify: +</p> + +<blockquote> “Mrs. Sinkinson, of Jamaica Row, Birmingham, tells me she went to a +school in Hurst Street, and that she remembered that old Mr. Hill came +one day a week to teach arithmetic, and Rowland [Sir Rowland Hill] on +another to teach writing. In those days there were no steel pens, and +Rowland couldn't mend a pen, so that whenever he came he was +accompanied by his brother, Matthew Davenport, whose office it was to +mend the pens used by the pupils the preceding week.” +</blockquote> + +<p> +Sir Josiah Mason used to relate a similar circumstance in his own +life, when at Kidderminster, that he accompanied his brother Richard, +who was a Sunday-school teacher, to mend the pens. +</p> + +<p> +Comparing the crude specimens of early steel pens with the finished +productions of the present day, we may be inclined to think that some +praise was due to the people who persevered in the use of them; but +that the purchasers of these early productions did appreciate them we +have the testimony of Mr. Robert Griffin, who says that he wrote for +eight weeks, eight hours a day, with a pen made by Perry, in 1824. +Now, the old <i>”scribes,”</i> as the law stationers' writers were called, +were generally allowed one quill a day, and as the work of the day +usually wore out the longest quill, a considerable amount of time must +have been occupied in the renovation of the article.* This would be a +serious inconvenience to those who could manufacture a quill into a +pen, but as this was by no means an universal accomplishment, we can +form an idea how even these clumsy substitutes found purchasers at +such high prices. +</p> + +<blockquote> +*The writer recollects the tedious waiting for the patient usher, who +from desk to desk with his penknife, mending pens, and paying very +little attention to anything else; also the wonder felt and expressed +at the first sight of steel nibs, and how they dug into the paper. +</blockquote> + +<p> + +Tom Hood, in his “Whims and Oddities,” gives some idea of the pre- +steel-pen era: +</p> + +<p> +      In times begone, when each man cut his quill,<br> +            With little Perryian skill; <br> +      What horrid, awkward, bungling tools of trade<br> +      Appeared the writing instruments, home made! <br> +      What pens were sliced, hewed, hacked, and haggled out, <br> +      Slit or unslit, with many a various snout, <br> +      Aquiline, Roman, crooked, square, and snubby,<br> +            Humpy and stubby;<br> +      Some capable of ladye-billets neat,<br> +      Some only fit for ledger-keeping clerk,<br> +      And some to grub down, Peter Stubbs, his mark,<br> +      Or smudge through some illegible receipt,<br> +      Others in florid caligraphic plans,<br> +      Equal to ships, and wiggy heads, and swans!<br> +      To try in any common inkstands then,<br> +      With all their miscellaneous stocks,<br> +            To find a decent pen,<br> +      Was like a dip into a lucky-box;<br> +      You drew, and got one very curly,<br> +      And split like endive in some hurly-burly;<br> +      The next unslit, a square at end, a spade;<br> +      The third, incipient pop-gun, not yet made;<br> +      The fourth a broom; the fifth of no avail,<br> +      Turned upwards, like a rabbit's tail;<br> +      And last, not least, by way of a relief,<br> +      A stump that Master Richard, James, or John<br> +      Had tried his candle cookery upon,<br> +            Making 'roast beef!'”<br> +</p> + +<p> +These early pens were at first made from a piece of steel formed into +a tube, and filed into the shape of a pen by hand, the joint of the +two edges forming the slit. Afterward a blank was roughly punched +out, filed into shape, and the slit marked out with a chisel while the +blank was in a soft state. It was then shaped, hardened, tempered, +ground, and the slit cracked through by means of a hammer and tool at +the place where the mark had been made. The engravings of the pens by +Edwards, which appeared in <i>Wrightson's Directory,</i> 1823, seem to +indicate that the piercing, side cutting and slitting were executed by +mechanical appliances. Possibly, Edwards was not a manufacturer +himself, but had his pens made for him by Mitchell. +</p> + +<p> +In the pre-steel-pen era there were many attempts made to supersede +quills. In “Peveril of the Peak,” Mistress Chiffinch speaks of her +<i>diamond pen.</i> There was a pen the nibs of which were of ruby, set in +gold, made by Doughty. Dr. Wollaston made gold pens tipped with, +rhodium. +</p> + +<p> +During the time the early makers of steel pens were perfecting the +article, several experimenters were offering to the public writing +instruments made from various materials. Bramah patented <i>”quill +nibs,”</i> made by splitting quills and cutting the semi-cylinders into +sections, which were shaped into pens, and adapted to be placed in a +holder. Hawkins and Mordan, in 1823, made use of horn and tortoise- +shell, which was cut into “nibs,” softened in water, and small pieces +of ruby and other precious stones were then embedded in by pressure. +In this way they insured durability and great elasticity. In order to +give stability to the nib thin pieces of gold or other metal were +affixed to the tortoise-shell. +</p> + +<p> +Looking back at the early operations of the trade, and considering +that steel pens were made by hand at the beginning of the present +century, we can scarcely understand why the idea of cheapening the +production by the application of labor-saving contrivances did not +occur to those inventive geniuses, the proprietors of Soho. Boulton +had expended some time in perfecting the manufacture of steel buttons. +That local Admirable Crichton, Humphrey Jefferies, does not appear to +have ever directed his attention to the manufacture of this article, +which has now become a prime necessity of civilization. Yet we hear +of his success in the improvement of buttons, and button-makers must +have used the screw press and tools for cutting out the blank and +shaping it into form; and the process of slitting had been +anticipated, for printers had a brass rule-cutting machine in use, the +cutters of which bore a strong resemblance to those now used for +slitting steel pens. Like most of the pioneers in the path of +invention, the majority of the early makers of pens were men whose +business pursuits gave them no special facilities for entering upon +the manufacture of steel pens. The progress of the trade from 1829 +(with the exception of the period when Perry and Gillott first +commenced advertising) had been gradual, but satisfactory. In one of +Gillott's early advertisements, he stated that he made 490,361 gross +in 1842, and 730,031 in 1843. This was an advance by leaps and bounds +which has not since been maintained. Although Mason commenced making +pens for Perry in the year 1828, yet it was not till 1861 that his +name became known in England as a steel-pen maker. Many merchants in +Birmingham and Wolverhampton, who purchased steel rings from him, had +no idea that he was a maker of pens; yet on the Continent of Europe +pens bearing his name were eagerly sought after. Subsequent to 1861 +he was associated with Perry, until, in 1876, the trade-marks, +patents, etc., were purchased by a limited liability company, who now, +under the name of “Perry & Co.,” have become the largest manufacturers +of pens in the world. +</p> + +<p> +At the present time (1889) there are thirteen firms engaged in the +trade in Birmingham, and they make up about twenty-four tons of steel +per week into pens and penholder tips. Making due allowance for the +material used in the latter article, this consumption would probably +represent a weekly average production of 200,000 grosses of pens. The +Birmingham penmakers employ about 3,500 women and girls, and 650 men +and boys; and besides these the number of women and girls working at +making paper boxes, in which the pens are packed, would probably +exceed 300. In addition to this there are several mills where steel +is rolled for those firms who have not sufficient power on their own +premises, but there is a difficulty in stating the number of hands employed. The wages of the females range from four shillings to fifteen +shillings; those of the boys from five shillings to ten shillings. +The unskilled workmen earn from twelve shillings to twenty-four +shillings; and skilled men, or toolmakers, command wages varying from +twenty-five shillings to three pounds. Most of the females work upon +the piece-work system, but the men are paid weekly wages. +</p> + +<p> +In 1835, upon the authority of a writer in the <i>Mechanics' Magazine,</i> +two tons two hundred weight of steel were used weekly in the +manufacture of pens. Mr. Sam: Timmins made an approximate estimate +that six and a half tons of steel were used per week for steel pens in +1849, and again, in 1886, he gives the amount of steel as having +increased to ten tons. It is at all times difficult to form an +accurate estimate of the quantity of material used, but we believe we +are within the mark in putting down the present consumption of steel +at twenty-two tons weekly. From this it would appear that the trade +has doubled its production during the last twenty years. Besides +these Birmingham houses there are some four or five manufactories on +the Continent, and two in the United States, but their productions +have not increased in the same ratio as that of their English rivals. +</p> + +<p> +During the last twenty years a great improvement has taken place in +the style of boxes and labels in which the pens are packed. Formerly +(with the exception of the goods issued by Gillott and Sommerville) +most of the pens were sold in boxes of the plainest description; now +the covers or labels are printed in a number of colors from elaborate +designs, by first-class artists, and in some cases the boxes are +ornamented with well-executed portraits of royal, political, literary, +or artistic celebrities. There are many peculiarities connected with +the public taste as manifested in the demand for pens. The Germans +use a greater variety of patterns than any other nation. The English +taste is more restricted, and is generally confined to articles of the +plainer shapes. Autocratic Russia and democratic America make use of +the fewest patterns. By a regulation of the Imperial Government, pens +in boxes, bearing portraits of the Russian royal family are prevented +from entering the country, and in America public taste does not favor +a demand for portrait boxes. By a law which came into operation the +1st of January, 1886, no pens can be imported into Russia bearing the +name of a Russian firm. The probable purpose of this law was to +encourage the establishment of a Russian manufactory. At present +there are no pen works in Russia. An attempt was made in Moscow, in +1876-8, to manufacture steel pens, but the experiment proved a +failure. The Germans and French are the largest buyers of first-class +pens, but the Italians are content with articles of the commonest +character. The chief demand for three-pointed pens comes from Spain. +At present the demand for steel pens is chiefly confined to European +nations and their descendants. The great Asiatic nations still write +with pens made from reeds, or camel-hair pencils. A few of the +natives of India and Japan, and some of the subjects of the Sultan and +Khe'dive are beginning to make use of steel pens adapted to the +peculiarities of their writing. From this it would appear that the +possibilities of the progress of the trade in the future are very +favorable; but in the meantime its productions are scattered over the +globe, and even in some of the darkest corners of the earth pioneers +of civilization are to be found transcribing the results of their +experience with the aid of that great factor of nineteenth-century +progress—an English Steel Pen. +</p> +<br> +<br> +<br> +<a name="mfg"></a> +<h3 align="center"> + THE MANUFACTURING PROCESSES<br> + OF STEEL PENS.<br> +</h3> +<p> +The steel from which the greater part of the metallic pens are +manufactured comes from Sheffield. Notwithstanding the many names +given by the venders of steel pens to the material from which they are +manufactured there are but two sorts—good and bad—and therefore +Peruvian, Damascus, Amalgam, and Silver Steel are but fancy names. As +a matter of fact, where a number of prefixes are used to describe the +quality of an article it is generally found to have no claim to any of +them. +</p> + +<p> +The raw material is received from Sheffield in sheets six feet in +length, one foot five inches in width, and 23 or 26 Birmingham wire- +gauge in thickness. The first operation is the cutting of these sheets +into strips of convenient width. They are then packed in an oblong +iron box, placed with the open top downward in another box of the same +material, and the interstices are filled up with a composition to +exclude the air. The boxes are placed in a muffle, where they remain +until they have gradually attained a dull red heat, and the muffle is +allowed to gradually cool, or else the boxes are placed in a cooling +chamber. When the boxes have been reduced to a temperature which will +admit of their being handled, the contents (technically called a +charge) are emptied out. Now, it will be found that the strips of +steel are covered with bits of small scale, sticking to them like a +loose skin, and if this were not removed before the next process— +rolling—the steel, instead of being perfectly smooth, would be marked +with a number of indentations, rendering it very unsightly. In order +to get rid of this excrescence, the strips are immersed in a bath of +diluted sulphuric acid, which loosens the scale, and are then placed +in wood barrels to which broken pebbles and water are added. The +barrels are kept revolving until the whole of the scaly substance has +been removed and the strips have assumed a silver-gray appearance. +The steel is now ready for manipulation in the rolling mill, where it +is passed between successive pairs of rolls until it has been reduced +to the required gauge, and this operation has to be performed with +such nicety that a variation of one thousand part of an inch in the +thickness of the strip would make such an alteration in the +flexibility of the pens made from it as to cause considerable +dissatisfaction to the purchasers of the article. +</p> + +<img alt="illustration--Rolling the Steel" src="rolling.jpg"/> +<p> +The steel on leaving the mill is conveyed to the gauging room, and it +will be found to have increased to three times its original length, +and now appears with a bright surface. Hitherto the operations have +been conducted by men and boys; but now, in the course of manufacture, +the pens will enter on a series of processes in which the quick and +delicate fingers of women and girls play an important part. The +strips of steel are now given out to the cutters. The <i>Toolmaker,</i> +who, as a rule, both makes and sets the tools, has placed in what is +known as a bolster a die, having a hole perforated through it of the +exact shape of the blank to be cut; and attached to the bottom of the +screwed bolt of the press is a punch, also bearing the exact shape of +the blank. The girl with her left hand introduces one of the strips +of steel at the back of the press, and, pulling the handle toward her +with the right hand, the screw descends, driving the punch into the +bed, and in so doing has perforated the strip of steel with a +scissors-like cut, making a blank which falls through the opening in +the die into a drawer below. Now, with her left hand she pulls the +strip toward her until it is stopped by a little projection called a +guide; and again the right hand moves the handle, the screw descends, +and another blank is cut. The operation is continued until the whole +of one side of the strip is perforated; it is then reversed and the +other side treated in a similar way. If you were to hold up the strip +thus manipulated—now called scrap—you would find that in some +particular part the perforations approach so nearly to each other as +to form a slight bar, which breaks easily between the thumb and +finger. This is rendered necessary from the fact that steel scrap is +worth only one-fifth of the value of the raw material, and, as under +the most favorable conditions, the scrap averages one-third the +original weight given out for cutting, it behooves the manufacturer to +reduce the scrap as much as practicable. If these blanks are +examined, a small V-shaped indentation, looking like a defect, will be +found upon the upper edge of that part inserted in the holder. This +small mark plays an important part in the succeeding processes. To a +casual observer there does not appear much difference between the two +sides of the blank; but, however well the tools are made, that side of +the blank which is uppermost in cutting out will be rougher than the +under side. This mark enables the operator to distinguish at a glance +the smooth side, and by always keeping the rough side upward the burr +is polished off in a later process. +</p> + +<img alt="illustration--Cutting Blanks" src="cutting.jpg"/> + +<p>The blanks are now ready to be +passed to the next process—<i>marking.</i> This operation is performed by +a female, with the aid of a stamp. The precise mark required is cut +upon a piece of steel, and, being placed in the hammer of the stamp, +the girl puts her right foot into a stirrup attached to a rope, which +is passed round a pulley, and, pressing downward, causes the hammer to +ascend. Taking a handful of blanks with her left hand, by a dexterous +motion she makes a little train of them between the thumb and finger +in parallel order, presenting the first in the most ready position to +be passed to the other hand. The right hand is brought toward the +left, and, taking a blank, places it with the point toward the worker +in a guide upon the bed of the stamp, then by suddenly letting the +hammer descend a blow is struck upon the blank, which gives an +impression of the name cut upon the punch. The quick fingers of the +operator pass backward and forward with such rapidity that a skillful +girl will mark from two hundred to two hundred and fifty gross per +day. If the mark required is unusually large, the marking process is +deferred until after the pen has been pierced, in order that the blank +may be annealed (or softened), which takes the impression more readily +than the hard steel. +</p> + +<img alt="illustration--Marking" src="marking.jpg"/> + +<p> +Now, in order to make a metallic pen suitable for writing it is +necessary to consider some means of producing elasticity, and also to +devise some method by which the smooth steel shall cause the ink to +attach itself to the pen. This is brought about by the next process— +<i>piercing.</i> In this operation the tools are of a very delicate +character, and as the center pierce (the aperture in which the slit +terminates) is frequently of an ornamental design the tools, being +small, have to be made with great precision. The piercing punch and +bed having been fixed in a screw press, and an ingenious arrangement +of guides fastened thereto, the girl selects a blank from a tray on +her left hand, and, placing it in its proper position by the aid of +the guides, pushes the fly of the press from her, the screw descends, +driving the punch into the bed, and the operation of piercing is +completed. +</p> + +<img alt="illustration--Piercing" src="piercing.jpg"/> + +<p> +The blanks are still moderately hard, and before they can be made to +take the shape of a pen it is necessary that they should be softened, +which is effected by the process called <i>annealing.</i> The blanks +having been freed from the dust and garbase that has become attached +to them are carefully placed in round iron pots, which are again +inclosed in larger ones and covered over with charcoal dust to prevent +the entrance of gases, and put into the muffle, heated to a dull red, +and then allowed to cool. +</p> + +<p> +The blanks are now soft and pliable, readily taking the various shapes +into which pens are made by the next process, called <i>raising.</i> This +operation is performed by the aid of a punch and die fitted into a +screw-press. The punch is fitted into a contrivance called a false +nose, fixed in the bottom of the screw of the press; and the die or +bed is placed in a cylindrical piece of steel (called a bolster) with +a groove cut for the reception of the die, the bolster being fastened +to the bottom of the press by a screw underneath. The punch and die +being fixed so as to exactly fit each other, the toolmaker places a +small piece of tissue paper between them, takes an impression, +examines it, and proceeds to rectify any inequality in the pressure, +so as to insure perfection in the shape. This being accomplished, the +toolmaker fixes four pieces of steel (called guides) to the bolster in +such positions that the operator is enabled to slide the blank into +the bed, where it is held by the guides till the punch descends, +forces the blank into the bed, and gives the pen its shape. The +article is now narrower than it was in its blank form, and the girl +pushes it through the tools with a small stick held in the hand with +which she works the press handle, while with the other hand she places +another blank in its position in the bed. +</p> + +<img alt="illustration--Raising" src="raising.jpg"/> + +<p> +The pen is now shaped or raised, but it is still soft, and +consequently another process is necessitated—<i>hardening.</i> This is +effected by placing the pens in thin layers in round pans with lids. +They are placed in the muffle for a period varying from twenty to +thirty minutes, during which time they have acquired a bright red +heat. The workman then withdraws them and empties the contents into a +large bucket immersed in a tank of oil. The bucket is perforated at +the bottom, and being elevated, the oil drains off. The pens are next +placed in a perforated cylinder, which, being set in motion, revolves +and drains off the remainder of the oil. The pens are still greasy, +and as brittle as glass; and in order to free them from the grease +they are again placed in perforated buckets and immersed in a tank of +boiling soda water. After they are freed from the grease the pens are +put into an iron cylinder, which is kept revolving over a charcoal +fire until they are softened or tempered down to the special degree +required. In this process the workman is guided by the color, which +indicates the varying temperature of the metal of which the articles +are made. Brittleness has given place to pliability, but the pens are +black in color and scratch at the point, and to remedy this defect +they are subjected to the next process—<i>scouring.</i> In order to do +this the pens are dipped in a bath of diluted sulphuric acid—called +pickle—which frees the articles from any extraneous substances they +may have acquired in the hardening and tempering processes. This +requires to be done with great care, or the acid would injure the +steel. The pens are then placed in iron barrels with a quantity of +water and small pebbly-looking material. This latter material is +composed of annealing pots broken and ground fine enough to pass +readily through a fine riddle. The barrel being set in motion, the +pens are scoured for periods varying from five to eight hours, and are +placed again in barrels with dry pot for about the same period, after +which they are put into other barrels together with a quantity of dry +sawdust. On being taken out of these barrels the body of the pen has +acquired a bright silver color, and the point has been rounded. +</p> + +<img alt="illustration--Hardening" src="hardenin.jpg"/> + +<img alt="illustration--Scouring or Barelling" src="scouring.jpg"/> + +<p> +The article has now the shape and appearance of a finished pen, and +yet it possesses none of its characteristics, and, if tried, will be +found to have no more action than a lead pencil, as it is deficient in +that important part of a writing instrument—the slit. Before being +slit the pen is ground between the centre pierce and the point. This +process is performed by girls, with the aid of what is called a “bob” +or “glazer.” The “bob” is a circular piece of alder wood about ten +and a half inches in diameter and half an inch in width. Round this a +piece of leather is stretched and dressed with emery. A spindle is +driven through the centre, and the two ends placed in sockets. The “bob” is set in motion by means of a leather band, and the girl +holding a pen firmly, with a light touch grinds off a portion of the +surface. +</p> + +<img alt="illustration--Grinding" src="grinding.jpg"/> + +<img alt="illustration--Slitting Room" align="right" src="slitting.jpg"/> +<p> +This operation being completed, the last and most important mechanical +operation has to be performed—<i>slitting.</i> The tools with which this +process is effected are two oblong pieces of steel about an inch and a +half long, three-eighths of an inch thick, and an inch and a quarter +wide. These are called the cutters, and upon the preparation and +setting of these the successful issue of the process depends. The +edges of these cutters are equal in delicacy to the cutting edge of a +razor, but the shape is more suggestive of a portion cut from the +thickest part of a large pair of shears. The cutter being fixed in +the press, a pair of guides are screwed on either side, and a small +tool called a table, or rest, being attached to the contrivance called +a bolster, which holds the bottom cutter, the operator takes a pen, +places it on the table, pushes the point up toward the guide, pulls +the handle, the upper cutter descends, meets the lower one, and the +process of slitting is completed. +</p> + +<p> +Now, although this operation completes the mechanical processes of pen +making, the article is by no means finished. If you examine the pen +now you will find that the outer edge of each point is smooth, while +the inside edges which have just been made by the slit are sharp and +scratch. To remove this defect the operation of “barreling” has to be +again resorted to. The pens are again placed in the iron barrels with +pounded pot, kept revolving from five to six hours, and finally +polished in sawdust. +</p> + +<p> +The pens are now of a bright silver-steel color and perfectly smooth, +but as they are required in various tints, they are colored and +afterward varnished to prevent rust. To accomplish the first of these +results the articles are placed in a copper or iron cylinder and kept +revolving over a coke fire until the requisite tint is obtained, the +color depending upon the temperature of the cylinder. If the pens are +intended to be lacquered they are placed in a solution of shellac +dissolved in methylated spirits. The spirit is drained off, and the +pens are placed in wire cylinders and kept revolving until the action +of the air dries the lacquer. They are then scattered upon iron +trays, inserted in an oven, and the heat diffuses the lacquer equally +over the surface of the pens, so that when they have cooled down they +have a glossy appearance, which gives to them an air of finish and +prevents rust. +</p> + +<p> +The pen is now finished as far as manufacturing processes are +concerned, yet before it can be offered to the public it has to +undergo a rigid examination called <i>”looking over.”</i> This is +performed by trained girls, and when the defective ones have been +sorted out the good pens are sent to the finished warehouse to be put +up into boxes. These boxes are of various descriptions, adapted to +suit the markets for which they are intended. In many instances the +labels which form the covers of the boxes are elaborately printed from +first-class designs, and some of them have highly-finished steel +engravings of royal personages and celebrities in the scientific, +literary, musical, and political world. The quantities contained in +these boxes vary with the countries for which they are intended; for +the manufacturers study the wants of their customers, and do not offer +articles counted in dozens to people who reckon by tens. +</p> + +<p> +We have now traced the manufacture of this little article from its +beginning as a plain piece of steel through all its stages until it +has developed into that indispensable requisite of daily life—a pen. +</p> +<br> +<br> +<br> +<a name="perry"></a> +<h3 align="center"> + HISTORY OF THE PERRYIAN<br> + PEN WORKS.<br> +</h3> + +<p> +The firm of Messrs. Perry & Co., London, was founded in the year 1824 +by Mr. James Perry, who carried on business originally in Manchester, +then in London. Mr. James Perry died in the year 1843. Mr. Stephen +Perry, who conducted the business afterward in partnership with Mr. +Hayes and others, died in the year 1873, and was succeeded by his +sons, Messrs. Joseph John and Lewis Henry Perry. The firm of Perry & +Co. was known all over Europe as the house which first introduced to +the commercial world steel pens of a superior quality, and in many +countries steel pens are now known under the general denomination of +<i>”Perry pens.”</i> The first pens were manufactured by Perry & Co. in +London, principally from flattened or ribbon steel wire, and in the +year 1828 Mr. Josiah, afterward Sir Josiah, Mason, <i>then a +manufacturer of steel split rings,</i> produced steel pens so much +superior to the pens made up to that period that Messrs. Perry & Co. +entered into contracts with him for the sole supply of all the pens +they might require; this connection continued up to the time of the +formation of this company. In the meantime, Messrs. Perry & Co. had +also introduced the sale of elastic bands and pencil cases; the +production of the latter was confided to Mr. W.E. Wiley, who, in the +year 1850, began the manufacture first of gold pens, afterward of +pencil cases. Messrs. Perry & Co. also contracted with Mr. Wiley for +the purchase of all the pencil cases they might dispose of, and thus +Mr. Wiley's works assumed gigantic proportions. Mr. Alfred +Sommerville, who had been connected with the steel-pen trade since its +infancy, established the firm of A. Sommerville & Co. in the year +1851. Although he, in the year 1857, began manufacturing steel pens in +connection with a partner, he likewise contracted with Mr. Josiah +Mason for a superior class of steel pens, principally intended for the +Continental markets, and many of which were either his own invention +or suggested by him. Mr. Sommerville desiring to retire from +business, Sir Josiah Mason purchased his trade in the year 1870, but +continued to carry it on under the old style of A. Sommerville & Co. +These four businesses being so intimately connected and dependent upon +each other, some gentlemen of eminence in the manufacturing town of +Birmingham decided, in conjunction with some of the leading +proprietors, to establish a limited company, for the purpose of +uniting and amalgamating inseparably the various establishments, and +thus the company of <i>”Perry & Co., Limited,”</i> was formed. +</p> + +<img alt="illustration--The Late Sir Josiah Mason" src="mason.jpg"/> + +<p> +On the spot forming the principal entrance to the works, Mr. Samuel +Harrison, in the year 1778, founded a manufactory in which he carried +on his invention of steel split rings; but Mr. Harrison, who was an +ingenious mechanic, also manufactured mathematical instruments, some +of which were used by Dr. Priestley in his researches, and on one +occasion he made a steel pen for Dr. Priestley, probably the first +steel pen ever produced. Mr. Josiah Mason succeeded to the business +of Mr. Harrison in 1823, and in 1828 began the manufacture of steel +pens. For several years he gave his whole attention to improvements +in the manufacture of steel pens, and Mr. Perry took out several most +important patents for the improvement of steel pens, many of which +have not been surpassed in ingenuity or in utility, and the principal +among them, the so-called “double patent,” is universally applied by +the pen trade to a great number of pens to this very day. In 1842 Mr. +Mason's attention was absorbed by the process of electroplating and +gilding, at that time invented and carried on by Mr. Elkington, in +partnership with whom he founded the great firm of Elkington, Mason & +Co. For some years the production of pens flagged, but in 1852 a +nephew of Sir Josiah Mason, Mr. Isaac Smith (deceased in 1868), gave a +new stimulus to the manufacture of pens, and from that time the +production gradually increased until it assumed its present +proportions. The manufactory now covers nearly two acres; it occupies +a whole square and fronts four streets. In the building fronting +Lancaster Street (five stories high) the offices, warehouses and +storerooms of finished goods are distributed. The underground floor +forms a huge machine shop, in which all the presses, rolls, and +general iron and machine work employed throughout the manufactory are +produced by skillful mechanics. Behind the front building there are +several courtyards and quadrangles, in the largest of which are placed +in a row five double-flue boilers, each 20 feet long by 7 feet +diameter, working at a pressure of more than 55 lb. to the square +inch, supplying the steam power both for propelling the steam engines +and for heating the manufactory. In the rolling mill, measuing 64 by +38 feet, three double-cylinder engines, working up to 293 indicated +horsepower, give motion to 18 pairs of rolls, rolling four to six +tons of steel per week. The largest workshops are the slitting and +grinding rooms, 64 by 38 feet, the latter 24 feet high. In the +slitting room 90 girls apply the last mechanical process to the +manufacture of steel pens, in slitting them by presses of ingenious +construction. In the grinding room more than 160 girls are busily +employed cross and straight grinding steel pens on wood cylinders +covered with emery. The room in which the finished pens are placed in +boxes measures 54 by 30 feet, and in it alone are employed 50 girls +boxing and labeling steel pens, or fitting penholder tips on handles +of various materials, principally of cedar. In that part of the +building having a frontage on Corporation Street there is a dining +room 86 feet 6 inches long by 68 feet wide, fitted up with tables to +accommodate 600 people. Here the employees are served with a warm +dinner at prices varying from 2d. to 6d. At one end of the room there +is a stage, where dramatic entertainments and concerts are given in +the winter season by the workpeople. At the other end there is a +library, in a glazed partition, containing about 2,000 volumes of +standard works. These books are issued to the hands employed by the +firm free. One of the important features of this manufactory is the +employment of muffles heated by gas produced from Siemens's gas +generators. These muffles allow the heat to be regulated to a nicety, +and enable the company to carry on the process of annealing and +hardening to very great perfection. +</p> + +<img alt="illustration--The Birmingham Factory" src="factory.jpg"/> + +<p> +The manufacture of steel pens employs in all about 900 workpeople, the +weekly production is 45,000 gross, which quantity will shortly be +increased to 50,000 gross, per week. Six smaller steam engines are +employed independently of those already mentioned in various parts of +the works. The manufacture of penholder sticks is carried on in two +separate buildings. Penholder sticks were produced by Mr. Mason as +far back as 1835, but their manufacture had lapsed; it was only +resumed eight years ago, since which time, by new and ingenious machinery, principally the inventions of Mr. W. E. Wiley, the managing +director, it has assumed proportions of great magnitude. +</p> + +<p> +The pencil case and solitaire works carried on by Mr. Wiley, first +alone, and then in co-partnership with his son in Graham Street, have +now been transferred to Lancaster Street. +</p> + +<p> +Pencil cases, first introduced by Messrs. Mordan & Lund, in London, +have undergone various changes and improvements, the principal of +which was a lead holder passing through the point of the pencil case, +which was slit for that purpose. This invention was patented by Mr. +Wiley in the year 1857, and created a complete revolution in the +pencil-case trade, as it enabled the manufacturers to use a thicker +and longer lead, which could be propelled and withdrawn at will and +would last in daily use more than six months. This patented mechanism +was introduced into cases made from hard wood, bone and ivory, but +since the year 1868 a composition called aluminium gold, so resembling +gold that it cannot be distinguished from it, and resisting the +effects of oxidation, consequently free from tarnish, made a further +revolution in the pencil-case trade, enabling the million to possess +an elegant and highly-wrought pencil case at a very moderate price. +Messrs. Perry & Co., of London, gave to this manufacture publicity in +every part of Europe, and the quantities produced and sold are +incredible. +</p> + +<img alt="illustration--The Late W.S. Perry" src="perry.jpg"/> + +<p> +In 1874 a new patent was added to the many inventions for which this +establishment was famous. Its purpose was to produce a solitaire stud +made in two parts, so as to enable its ready application without the +trouble of passing a button of large diameter through a small +buttonhole. A self-acting steel spring is fixed in the upper part of +the stud, and snaps as soon as inserted into the lower part, where a +slight pressure on two projections releases the springs and permits +the separation of the two parts. These solitaires are manufactured of +gold, silver, and a variety of other metals, the principal of which is +gold plate. There are now more than five hundred patterns in +existence, and this useful manufacture grows daily in extension. +Perry & Co.'s paper binders, an article now universally used for +fastening together loose papers, cloth patterns, etc., are produced in +infinite styles and sizes, principally by self-acting machinery. +</p> + +<p> +The total number of workpeople employed in the company's manufactories +exceeds 1,300. +</p> + +<img alt="illustration--London House, Holborn Viaduct" align="right" src="store.jpg"/> +<p> +The business of Perry & Co. was carried on for more than forty years +at 37 Red Lion Square, London, but the increase of business and the +reconstruction of London required that a more central position should +be found for the development of the commercial department of the +company. Large and handsome warehouses having been constructed on the +Holborn Viaduct, the company transferred their London depot to a +building five stories high on the side fronting the Holborn Viaduct +and eight stories high at the back. In this immense warehouse are +stored not only the produce of the manufactories of this company, but +also special articles for which this firm has been famous for the last +thirty years, principally the elastic or endless bands, patented by +Mr. Daft and Mr. Stephen Perry, and originally introduced by Perry & +Co. in conjunction with McIntosh & Co., afterward in conjunction with +Warne & Co. Perry's Royal Aromatic Bands are now an indispensable +article, and may be procured in every city of the world. Every +fancy article required by stationers can be found in these vast +stores. An illustrated price current which appears monthly, and which +numbers more than 120 pages, gives fair idea of the variety of +articles of which samples and stock can be found ready for daily +delivery. The increase of business has been so rapid that the company +found it necessary to lease the adjoining premises, which is stored +with some of the two thousand articles forming the staple trade of the +London depot, and the principal of which are the following: American +Letter Files, Clips (now manufactured in Lancaster Street), Marking +and other Inks, Aromatic Bands, Audascript Pens, Bostonite Goods, +Cigar Lighters, Copying Ink and Copying Ink Powder, Copying Ink +Pencils, Copying Presses, Corrugated Imperial Bands, Essence of Ink, +Grease Extractors, India Rubber for Erasing, Ink and Pencil Erasers, +Ink Extractors, Patent and other Inkstands in every variety, Key +Rings, Letter Clips, Letter Files, Metallic Books, Paper Binders, +Pencil Point Protectors, Pencils and Pencil Cases, Penholders, Pen +Knives, Pen Racks, Gold Pens, Portfolios, Presses, Scotch Tartan Fancy +Goods, Solitaires or Sleeve Links, etc., etc., etc. +</p> + +<p> +This establishment is under the exclusive management of Mr. Joseph J. +Perry, managing director. +</p> + +<p> +<i>[The illustrations in this work are engraved from pen-and-ink +sketches executed by Walter Langley with a Perry's No. 25 pen.]</i> +</p> + +<img alt="illustration--Advertisement for Perry's Steel Pens" src="ad1.jpg"/> +<img alt="illustration--2nd Page of Advertisement for Perry's Steel Pens" src="ad2.jpg"/> +<img alt="illustration--3d Page of Advertisement for Perry's Steel Pens" src="ad3.jpg"/> +<br> +<br> +<br> +<h3 align="center"> THE PENS <br> +OF THE FUTURE</h3> +<hr> +<img alt="illustration--Logo for Perry's Planished Pointed Pens" src="ad4.jpg"/> +<hr> +<p> +THIS NOVELTY (PROTECTED BY LETTERS PATTENT)EMBODIES AN IMPROVEMENT WHICH BIDS FAIR +TO MAKE PENS MANUFACTURED ON THIS PRINCIPLE THE WRITING INSTRUMENTS OF THE FUTURE. +BY A PECULIAR PROCESS THAT PORTION OF THE POINT WHICH COMES IN CONTACT WITH THE +PAPER IS SHAPED OUT OF THE THICKNESS OF THE METAL INTO A ROUNDED FORM, WHICH ENABLES +THE WRITER TO GLIDE OVER THE ROUGHEST PAPER WITH EASE AND RAPIDITY. +</p> +<h4 align="center">SOLD RETAIL BY ALL STATIONERS</h4> +<h3 align="center">Wholesale—Perry & Co., L'd, London</h3> +<h5 align="center">SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES</h5> +<h3 align="center">Ivison, Blakeman & Company, New York</h3> + + + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Story of the Invention of Steel +Pens, by Henry Bore + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK INVENTION OF STEEL PENS *** + +This file should be named ipens10h.htm or ipens10h.zip +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, ipens11h.htm +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, ipens10ah.htm + +Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections, +even years after the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our Web sites at: +http://gutenberg.net or +http://promo.net/pg + +These Web sites include award-winning information about Project +Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new +eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!). + + +Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement +can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03 + +Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text +files per month: 1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+ +We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002 +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks! +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated): + +eBooks Year Month + + 1 1971 July + 10 1991 January + 100 1994 January + 1000 1997 August + 1500 1998 October + 2000 1999 December + 2500 2000 December + 3000 2001 November + 4000 2001 October/November + 6000 2002 December* + 9000 2003 November* +10000 2004 January* + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people +and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut, +Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois, +Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, +Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New +Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, +Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South +Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West +Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. + +We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list +will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states. +Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally +request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and +you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have, +just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are +not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting +donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to +donate. + +International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about +how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made +deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are +ways. + +Donations by check or money order may be sent to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + +Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment +method other than by check or money order. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by +the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN +[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are +tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fund-raising +requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be +made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information online at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart hart@pobox.com + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this eBook, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + eBook or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the eBook (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only +when distributed free of all fees. Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by +Michael S. Hart. Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be +used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be +they hardware or software or any other related product without +express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END* + + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/old/ipens10h.zip b/old/ipens10h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ea873a --- /dev/null +++ b/old/ipens10h.zip |
